Cities Index.
Agenda packet, regular meeting

Santa Paula City Council
June 18, 2025

Document
Agenda packet, regular meeting
Meeting
June 18, 2025
Body
Santa Paula City Council
Original file
16.5 MB
Text extracted from the city's file for reading and search. Open the original on d3n9y02raazwpg.cloudfront.net. That file is the official record.

City of Santa Paula
City Council
MAYOR PEDRO A. CHAVEZ

VICE MAYOR CARLOS JUAREZ

COUNCILMEMBER JENNY CROSSWHITE

COUNCILMEMBER LESLIE CORNEJO

COUNCILMEMBER GABRIELA ORNELAS

CITY COUNCIL REGULAR MEETING OF THE

SANTA PAULA CITY COUNCIL
WEDNESDAY, JUNE 18, 2025
6:30 PM - City Council Regular Meeting

SANTA PAULA CITY HALL
970 VENTURA STREET
SANTA PAULA, CA 93060

JULIE LATSHAW, CITY CLERK

DAN SINGER, CITY MANAGER

MONICA CASTILLO, CITY ATTORNEY
City of Santa Paula - City Council - City Council Regular Meeting 1

CITY COUNCIL REGULAR MEETING
You are invited to participate in all Regular City Council meetings. Agendas are posted in the front of Santa Paula City Hall, 970 Ventura Street, Santa Paula, 72 hours in advance of the scheduled meetings. The City Council's regular meetings start at 6:30 p.m. the first and third Wednesday of each month in the City Hall Council Chambers located at 970 Ventura Street in Santa Paula. Special and Closed Sessions vary by date and time.

HOW TO PARTICIPATE IN PERSON DURING THE MEETING: If you wish to speak at a City Council meeting, please fill out a Public Comment Form noting your name and address and submit the form to the City Clerk. Include the Agenda item number, when appropriate. Public comments are limited to 3 minutes.

1. Items Not on the Agenda: If you wish to discuss an item which is not scheduled on the Agenda, you may address the City Council during Public Comment. Please realize that due to the limitations placed on the City Council by provisions of the California Government Code, the City Council ordinarily cannot take action on any item that is not on the agenda. Because of these restrictions, expect that matters that you identify during public comment may be referred to staff or considered on a future agenda.

2. Agenda Items: Items being considered by the City Council may appear on the Consent Calendar, as an Action Item, or as a Public Hearing. Public comments on each type of item are handled differently, as explained below:
a. For items appearing on the Consent Calendar, please submit a Public Comment Form before the Council takes action on the Consent Calendar. Items that receive a Public Comment Form may be pulled from the Consent Calendar by the Mayor and discussed separately by the City Council.
b. For items appearing as an Action Item, the Mayor will announce the Agenda item and request the staff report, the staff member responsible will give a brief summary of the report; the City Council will have an opportunity to ask questions of staff; members of the public will be given an opportunity to comment on the item and ask additional questions (all members of the public should speak directly into the microphone at the speaker’s platform); and the City Council will discuss the item and then take appropriate action.
c. For items on which a Public Hearing is scheduled, the Mayor will open the public hearing and receive the staff report; members of the public will be given an opportunity to comment on the item and ask additional questions (all members of the public should speak directly into the microphone at the speaker’s platform); the City Council will discuss the item; and the Mayor will close the public hearing after City Council action.

HOW TO PARTICIPATE BEFORE THE MEETING: Members of the public are encouraged to submit email correspondence on any agenda item by sending an email to [email protected]. All public correspondence received by 3:00 p.m. (PT) on the meeting date will be provided to the legislative body before the meeting. Public Comments received after 3:00 p.m. will be provided to the legislative body the next day.

Your Participation in this meeting is in the public domain; meetings are cablecast; minutes of this meeting will reflect your participation in this meeting and are posted on the city’s website.

PLEASE NOTE: Be advised that if you bring a legal challenge to an action, you may be limited to raising only those issues you or someone else raised at the meeting described in this Agenda, or in written correspondence delivered to the City Council at or before the meeting.

Any action is subject to the ninety-day time period set forth in Code of Civil Procedure § 1094.6.

City of Santa Paula - City Council - City Council Regular Meeting 2

1. CALL TO ORDER
REMINDER: in order to minimize distractions during public meetings, all personal communication devices should be turned off or put in a non-audible mode.

2. INVOCATION

3. FLAG SALUTE

4. ROLL CALL

5. CLOSED SESSION REPORT

6. PUBLIC COMMENT
At this time, members of the public may comment on any item not appearing on the agenda that is within the subject-matter jurisdiction of the City Council. A Public Comment Form must be submitted to the City Clerk prior to the beginning of the Public Comment period in order to be recognized to speak. Individuals submitting Public Comment Forms after the beginning of the Public Comment period will not be allowed to speak at this time, but may be recognized to speak by the Mayor at the conclusion of the meeting. Individual Councilmembers may briefly respond to Public Comments or ask questions for clarification. The City Council may direct the City Manager to report to the City Council on the item at a later meeting. For items appearing on the Agenda, the public will be invited to make comments at the time the item comes up for City Council consideration. If a member of the public wishes to address a Consent Calendar item, please submit a Public Comment Form for that item. It may then be discussed separately by the Council, and the public will be invited to make comments at that time. At all times, please use the microphone and write your name and address on the Public Comment Form provided.

7. PRESENTATIONS

7.A MENTAL HEALTH AWARENESS PRESENTATION

7.B DISPATCHER OF THE YEAR
In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, if you need special assistance to participate in this meeting, please contact the City Clerk at (805) 933-4208. Notification 48 hours before the meeting will enable the City to make reasonable arrangements to ensure accessibility to this meeting. (28 CFR 35, 102-35.104 ADA Title II). Written materials distributed to the City Council within 72 hours of the City Council meeting are available for public inspection immediately upon distribution in the City Clerk’s office.

HOW TO VIEW ON YOUR TELEVISION, COMPUTER, OR MOBILE DEVICE: Watch from home live on the local Channel 10, or view the live feed on the city website at the following link: https://www.spcity.org/523/Public-Meeting-Agendas NOTE: Special and Closed Sessions are not recorded and not available on Channel 10 or live feed on the city website.

REGULAR MATTERS - COUNCIL CHAMBERS
City of Santa Paula - City Council - City Council Regular Meeting 3

7.C PROJECT ESPERANZA RECOGNITION

7.D COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT REPORT RECOMMENDATION:

That the City Council receive and file the report.

8. CITY COUNCIL REPORTS

9. CITY MANAGER REPORTS

10. CONSENT CALENDAR
Background information has been provided to the City Council on all matters listed under the Consent Calendar and these items are considered to be routine by the City Council and are normally approved by one motion. If discussion is requested by a Councilmember on any item, or a member of the public wishes to comment on an item, that item may be removed from the Consent Calendar for separate action.

10.A MAY 2025 WARRANTS AND CERTIFICATIONS
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council:

1. Review and accept the "Certification of Accounts Payable" for the accounts payable payment cycles for May 2025, starting check number 340682 and ending check number 341043.

2. Review and accept the "Certification of Salaries" for the pay period ending dates May 2nd, 2025, through May 16th, 2025.

10.B THREE-YEAR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH MKN &

ASSOCIATES
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council:

Authorize the City Manager to execute a Three-Year Professional Services Agreement with MKN & Associates, Inc. to provide professional engineering consulting services on a time and materials basis for water, wastewater, recycled water and stormwater program support, in the following fiscal year not-to-exceed amounts:

1. FY 2025-2026: $2,455,214

2. FY 2026-2027: $1,947,381

3. FY 2027-2028: $976,428

10.C AMENDMENT TO THREE-YEAR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
AGREEMENT WITH GSI WATER SOLUTIONS, INC.

RECOMMENDATION:

It is recommended that the City Council:

1. Authorize the City Manager to execute Amendment No. 1 to the ThreeCity of Santa Paula - City Council - City Council Regular Meeting 4 Year Professional Services Agreement (“PSA”) with GSI Water Solutions, Inc. (“GSI”) to provide groundwater monitoring services on a time and materials basis for the Santa Paula Water Recycling Facility (“SPWRF”) in the amount of:

1. $215,148 for FY 2025-2026

2. $194,515 for FY 2026-2027

3. $200,350 for FY 2027-2028

10.D AMENDMENT TO THREE-YEAR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

AGREEMENT WITH LARRY WALKER ASSOCIATES
RECOMMENDATION:

It is recommended that the City Council:
(1) Authorize the City Manager to execute Amendment No. 1 to the ThreeYear Professional Services Agreement (“PSA”) with Larry Walker Associates (“LWA”) (Attachment A) to provide Wastewater Discharge Permit Compliance Services on a time and materials basis for the Santa Paula Water Recycling Facility (“SPWRF”) in the amount of:

1. $100,000 for FY 2025-2026

2. $90,000 for FY 2026-2027

3. $70,000 for FY 2027-2028

10.E 2025 LABOR DAY PARADE REQUEST FOR FEE WAIVER
RECOMMENDATION:

1. Consider a request to waive 50% of the costs for City services for the 2025 Santa Paula Labor Day Parade.

11. PUBLIC HEARING
Verification of posting notice by City Clerk
Declaration of conflicts (if any)
Declaration of ex parte contacts (if any)
Open public hearing
Staff presentation
Public comments
Close public hearing
Discussion and action

11.A INTRODUCTION OF ORDINANCE NO. 1346 AMENDING CHAPTERS

16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25, 16.29, 16.31, 16.33, 16.34, 16.35 AND 16.40 OF

THE SANTA PAULA MUNICIPAL CODE IN ORDER TO CORRECT

INCONSISTENCIES, OUTDATED LANGUAGE AND FORMATTING AND

FINDING THE ACTION TO BE STATUTORILY EXEMPT FROM
CEQA UNDER SECTION 15061(b)(3) AND 15168(c)(2) OF THE PUBLIC RESOURCES CODE.

RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council:

City of Santa Paula - City Council - City Council Regular Meeting 5

1. Open the public hearing, receive public testimony, close the public hearing; and

2. Waive the first reading by title only, and introduce Ordinance No. 1346, entitled “An Ordinance amending Chapters 16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25,

16.29, 16.31, 16.33, 16.34, 16.35, and 16.40 of the Santa Paula Municipal Code in order to correct inconsistencies, outdated language and formatting and finding the action to be statutorily exempt from CEQA under Section 15061(b)(3) and 15168(c)(2) of the Public Resources Code”.

12. ACTION ITEMS

12.A PUBLIC SAFETY USE OF UNMANNED AERIAL SYSTEMS (UAS) DRAFT

POLICY APPROVAL
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends the City Council:

1. Approve the recommended draft UAS policy.

Presented by: POLICE CHIEF DON AGUILAR

12.B DISCUSSION ON POTENTIAL PUBLIC SAFETY COMMITTEE OPTIONS RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council:

1. Consider options related to a public safety or police chief advisory committee and provide further feedback to staff to return with the guidelines and parameters for such a committee, based on Council consensus.

12.C CONSIDERATION OF A TENDER OFFER OF LIMCO STOCK
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council:

A) Consider options related to a tender offer of City held stock and, B) Provide staff with direction on the offer.

Presented by: Dan Singer, City Manager

13. ITEMS FOR FUTURE AGENDAS

13.A FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends City Council review future agenda items.

14. BUDGET WORKSHOP (Continued from 6/18/2025 Special Meeting)

15. ADJOURNMENT
State of California )-
County of Ventura )- ss
City of Santa Paula - City Council - City Council Regular Meeting 6 City of Santa Paula )-
I declare under penalty of perjury that I posted this City Council Agenda on the bulletin board near the front door of City Hall, 970 Ventura Street, Santa Paula, California.

On_________________ at______________Signed:_________________________ Julie Latshaw
City Clerk
City of Santa Paula - City Council - City Council Regular Meeting 7 To: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
From: James Mason, Community & Economic Development Director Subject: COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT
REPORT
Date: June 18, 2025
Agenda Item: 7.D

CITY OF SANTA PAULA

MEMORANDUM
RECOMMENDATION:

That the City Council receive and file the report.

BACKGROUND:

PLANNING DIVISION
Tuesday, February 25, 2025
Public Hearing: The Planning Commission approved Resolution No. 3865.recommending that the city council adopt an ordinance amending chapters 160 (Development Impact Fees),

16.01 (enactment and applicability), 16.03 (administration and enforcement), and 16.05 (definitions) of the Santa Paula Municipal Code in order to reflect recent changes in state law, identify and correct inconsistencies, outdated language and formatting, and finding the ordinance exempt from CEQA
Tuesday, March 25, 2025
Order of Business: The Planning Commission adopted resolution No. 3868 finding summary vacation of multipurpose trail easements at Harvest to be in conformity with the General Plan Tuesday, April 22
nd, 2025
Public Hearing: The Planning Commission adoption of resolution no. 3867 recommending the City Council `approve project no. 2025-CDP-01, a conditional use permit to allow for the development of 207 attached condominiums, design review, and approval of vesting tentative tract map no. 6114; on parcels totaling approximately 9.72 acres to include (23) developable lots and approval of street names, subject to the conditions of approval Public Hearing: The Planning Commission adopted resolution no. 3866 recommending that the City Council adopt an ordinance amending chapters 16.07, 16.09, 16.11, 16.21, and 16.27 of the Santa Paula Municipal Code in order to correct inconsistencies, outdated language and formatting, and the General Plan zoning map to change the zone on various properties generally located north of and adjacent to the Santa Paula airport and south of highway 126 8 from Manufacturing (M-1) to airport operational (KO), and finding the actions to be statutorily exempt from CEQA.

Tuesday, May 27
th, 2025
Public Hearing: The Planning Commission adopted Resolution No. 3869, recommending that the City Council adopt an ordinance amending chapters 16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25, 16.29,

16.31, 16.33, 16.34, 16.35 and 16.40 of the Santa Paula municipal code in order to correct inconsistencies, outdated language and formatting and finding the action to be statutorily exempt from CEQA.

Business Licenses
Nine Commercial business licenses and nine Home Business Occupations were issued between November 2024 and January 2025.

Development Applications
One new development application was received between November 2024 and January 2025 for the Foothill (Phase 2 of Harvest).

Planning Applications
Thirty new planning applications were received between November 2024 and January 2025.

SPECIFIC PLAN UPDATES
Santa Paula West Business Park Specific Plan (SP-6)
Staff is actively working with property owners to actively market the site for industrialemployment development The Project consists of ±54 acres of the 125-acre Expansion Area. The land uses envisioned within the Specific Plan will be a mix of low-intensity industrial (such as light manufacturing or research and development), professional offices, and supporting commercial businesses.

East Area 2 Specific Plan Plan (SP-4)
Staff has been in discussions with Limoneira, Parkstone, Ventura County Health Care agency and Ventura County Fire Department to identify circulation and public safety improvements that add to viability of project development for medical, retail and mixed use.

COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT UPDATES
Good Orchard Event Center and Café (133 Mill Street)
The initial project (Wesley Hall repurpose/renovation) which includes a catering and event center, café and alcohol license has completed plan review and renovation of the spaces are underway.

East Area Gateway (Hallock/126/Telegraph)
Plans are under development for a 113,000 square foot commercial center which will include grocery, in-line retail and multiple restaurant pads. Project design review is currently underway and 9 the applicant plans to submit plans for review in the mid-2025.

INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT UPDATE
Santa Maria Industrial Park (324 W. Santa Maria Street): Industrial Park Project approved by Planning Commission in 2012. City staff continuing to coordinate with applicants to complete the project since all entitlements and approvals were completed in March.

Santa Paula Self Storage Too (324 E Santa Maria St): Self Storage Facility Proposal for a 5-building, 262-unit self -storage facility. The project is currently under development and completion is expected 4th quarter 2025.

Bender Property (Todd Rd and SR 126)
The developer, Bender Farms, is currently building an additional 76,000 square foot industrial shell building. Plan review has been completed and the site civil engineering and the building pad have been completed. Building plans are being finalized and vertical development is planned for 3rd quarter 2025.

RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT UPDATE
Former Kmart (859 Faulkner Rd.)
Harridge Development Group, LLC., the owner and developer has completed Design review and demolition permit is ready for issuance. The developer has revised their plans and will need to submit the revised plans and condo map to Planning Commission and City Council late summer, The project proposal includes 207 market-rate, for sale, town homes. 12th Street and Harvard apartments
16 affordable apartments at Harvard Boulevard and 11th Street. Design review has been completed and the project plan revisions are under review.

Citrus Flats - Red Tail Apartments (18004 East Telegraph Rd) 298-unit apartment complex at East Telegraph Rd. and Whipple Rd. - 162 affordable units (40 Very-Low and 122 Low) along with 136 market-rate units The project fsite development is underway including grading and infrastructurew and foundations. Vertical development is planned late summer 2025.

Mixed-Use/Senior Living (603 East Main Street)
Mixed use senior living and commercial project composed of 6,800 square feet of commercial and 27 senior apartments. The developer is working with the Housing Authority on connecting potential tenants through their section-eight waiting list. Project plans are under review.

Harvest at Limoneira-Lewis (East Area 1)
10 All lots for Phase I of the project have been sold to home builders and 617 homes are occupied. Of the 121 units available in Phase 1b, all units have been sold to Lennar and Richmond American. Lennar has also purchased the entirety of the 545 units which comprise Phase 2 of the development (Foothill neighborhood) which site grading and infrastructure are well underway. Plans for the first Phase of Foothill have been submitted for design review. In addition, Lewis has submitted preliminary plans for the development of a project along Santa Paula Street (directly south of the Sports Park) that will include rental duplex units, live work units and retail units directly south of the Sports Park.

Topa Vista Views Apartments
Homes to Hope, Cabrillo Economic Development and the Santa Paula Housing Authority are collaborating on an affordable housing development consisting of an 112-unit apartment complex on three vacant parcels adjacent to Teague Park. Preliminary financing has been secured and the developer is working on a concept plan submittal.

BUILDING AND SAFETY DIVISION

PERMIT & FEE ACTIVITY
FEB 2025 - MAY 2025
2024 NUMBER OF PERMITS
TOTAL VALUATION:
$18,973,916.01
Building Permits 83 $35,950.77
Plumbing Permits 17 $1,224.00
Electrical Permits 91 $9,667.00
Mechanical Permits 23 $1,656.00
Total 214 $48,497.77
2025 NUMBER OF PERMITS
TOTAL VALUATION:
$70,990,194.50
Building Permits 90 $154,831.55
Plumbing Permits 35 $3,004.00
Electrical Permits 123 $21,905.00
Mechanical Permits 14 $1,148.00
Total 172 $180,888.55

CODE COMPLIANCE DIVISION
There are currently a total of 176 active code compliance cases and 49 closed cases.

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
Staff continues to regularly dialogue with commercial and industrial real estate brokers and 11 land owners to look for opportunities to connect businesses with available properties and expand options for employment growth.

In addition, the department participates in business round-table meetings, PBID coordination and face-to-face meetings with businesses.

Economic Development Standing Committee
The Committee has had two meetings in the last three months. The group discussed the implementation of a business outreach program, strategies for addressing vacancies in downtown retail spaces and soliciting businesses at the business round-table event for input on vision and goals that can improve the business environment.

OTHER ACTIVITIES
Wayfinding Project – Hunt
The consultant has completed designs which have been reviewed by the Wayfinding Committee and PBID; and approved by the City Council. Staff is working with the consultant to complete an implementation plan based on City Council direction that will include design improvements, project priorities, project timelines and procurement strategies.

Affordable Housing Trust Fund Oversight Committee
The Committee has had three meeting to review potential use of the funds for providing assistance to the People’s Self Help, Peoples Place Project at 710 West Harvard Boulevard.

Facade Improvement Program
Staff has begun outreach to facade applicants and is working to assist applicants in completing applications. Once contractors have been finalized and scope of work for each project has been defined improvements will commence.

Mobile Home Rent Review
The ownership of 400 mobile estates submitted for a rent adjustment and the request went to a public hearing of the rent Review Commission. After testimony and deliberation, the commission voted to deny the application and request for rent increase.

Housing Element Annual Update to the State
The annual housing report was submitted to the State department of Housing and Community Development in April. The report provided updates on the policy changes, process improvements and housing development activity outlined in the Housing Element objectives.

The report is provided in Attachment A.

ANALYSIS:

STRATEGIC PLAN:
12 FISCAL IMPACTS:

OPTIONS:

ATTACHMENTS:

HCD CM Report.pdf
13 ATTACHMENT A
Annual Housing Update
for the
State Housing and Community Development Department
14 Jurisdiction Santa Paula
Reporting Year 2023
Housing Element Planning Period 6th Cycle
Current Year
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed
Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed
Restricted 0
Deed Restricted 0
Non-Deed
Restricted 0
0 0
Units by Structure Type Entitled Permitted Completed
Single-family Attached 1 0 0
Single-family Detached 26 0 0
2 to 4 units per structure 0 0 0
5+ units per structure 0 0 0
Accessory Dwelling Unit 11 0 0
Mobile/Manufactured Home 0 0 0
Total 38 0 0
Infill Housing Developments and Infill Units Permitted # of Projects Units 0 0
0 0
38 38
38 0
0 0
Income Rental Ownership Total
Very Low 0 0 0
Low 0 0 0
Moderate 0 0 0
Above Moderate 0 0 0
Total 0 0 0
Streamlining Provisions Used - Permitted Units # of Projects Units SB 9 (2021) - Duplex in SF Zone 0 0
SB 9 (2021) - Residential Lot Split 0 0
AB 2011 (2022) 0 0
SB 6 (2022) 0 0
SB 35 (2017) 0 0
Ministerial and Discretionary Applications
# of
Applications Units
Ministerial 38 39
Discretionary 0 0
Density Bonus Applications and Units Permitted
Number of Applications Submitted Requesting a Density Bonus 0 Number of Units in Applications Submitted Requesting a Density Bonus 0 Number of Projects Permitted with a Density Bonus 0
Number of Units in Projects Permitted with a Density Bonus 0 Housing Element Programs Implemented and Sites Rezoned Count 18 0
Programs Implemented
Sites Rezoned to Accommodate the RHNA
(Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
10/15/2021 - 10/15/2029
Units Constructed - SB 35 Streamlining Permits
Number of SB 35 Streamlining Applications Approved
Very Low
Low
Moderate
Total Housing Applications Submitted:

Number of Proposed Units in All Applications Received:

Total Housing Units Approved:

Total Housing Units Disapproved:

Total Units
Housing Applications Summary
Use of SB 35 Streamlining Provisions - Applications
Note: Units serving extremely low-income households are included in the very low-income permitted units totals
Number of SB 35 Streamlining Applications
Above Moderate
Indicated as Infill
Not Indicated as Infill
Building Permits Issued by Affordability Summary
Income Level
15 Jurisdiction Santa Paula
Reporting Year 2024
Housing Element Planning Period 6th Cycle
Current Year
Deed
Restricted 68
Non-Deed
Restricted 0
Deed
Restricted 0
Non-Deed
Restricted 0
Deed
Restricted 0
Non-Deed
Restricted 0
0 68
Units by Structure Type Entitled Permitted Completed
Single-family Attached 0 0 0
Single-family Detached 38 0 0
2 to 4 units per structure 0 0 0
5+ units per structure 1 0 0
Accessory Dwelling Unit 3 0 0
Mobile/Manufactured Home 0 0 0
Total 42 0 0
Infill Housing Developments and Infill Units Permitted # of Projects Units 0 0
0 0
42 109
74 0
0 0
Income Rental Ownership Total
Very Low 0 0 0
Low 0 0 0
Moderate 0 0 0
Above Moderate 0 0 0
Total 0 0 0
Streamlining Provisions Used - Permitted Units # of Projects Units SB 9 (2021) - Duplex in SF Zone 0 0
SB 9 (2021) - Residential Lot Split 0 0
AB 2011 (2022) 0 0
SB 6 (2022) 0 0
SB 423 (2023) 0 0
Ministerial and Discretionary Applications # of Units
Ministerial 41 41
Discretionary 1 68
Density Bonus Applications and Units Permitted
Number of Applications Submitted Requesting a Density Bonus 0 Number of Units in Applications Submitted Requesting a Density Bonus 0 Number of Projects Permitted with a Density Bonus 0
Number of Units in Projects Permitted with a Density Bonus 0 Housing Element Programs Implemented and Sites Rezoned Count 18 0
Total Housing Applications Submitted:

Number of Proposed Units in All Applications Received:

Total Housing Units Approved:

Total Housing Units Disapproved:

Total Units
Housing Applications Summary
Use of SB 423 Streamlining Provisions - Applications
Note: Units serving extremely low-income households are included in the very low-income Number of SB 423 Streamlining Applications
Above Moderate
Indicated as Infill
Not Indicated as Infill
Building Permits Issued by Affordability Summary
Income Level
Programs Implemented
Sites Rezoned to Accommodate the RHNA
(Jan. 1 - Dec. 31)
10/15/2021 - 10/15/2029
Units Constructed - SB 423 Streamlining Permits
Number of SB 423 Streamlining Applications Approved
Very Low
Low
Moderate
16 HCD Report 2024
In 2023, the City of Santa Paula issued 38 Certificates of Occupancy (CofOs), compared to 42 in 2024. The City also processed 109 residential permit applications in 2024, with 74 approvals. This uptick in permit activity is largely attributed to continued development at the Harvest project, reflecting a moderate level of planning activity, though overall development progress—including permitting and completion—remains limited.

Santa Paula currently implements 18 housing programs outlined in the City’s Housing Element. Several programs have been activated in response to residential development over the past five years. For instance, the Mobile Home Park Tenant Protections program has been updated. At Mountain View Mobile Home Park (MHP), which shares its site with a former RV park, the RV section was transitioned into “People’s Place”—a 100% affordable housing project approved in 2020 and completed in 2024 under supervision from the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD). Mountain View MHP remains operational.

The Housing Code Enforcement Program now includes a full-time code enforcement officer, resulting in more timely responses and an increase in Building & Safety permits. Under the Workforce and Senior Housing Development Program, the City continues to collaborate with a developer on a 27-unit senior housing project (age 55+), approved in 2021. Seven of these units are deed-restricted for low-income residents.

In 2022, the City worked with a developer on an Affordable Housing Plan for the Red Tail Apartments (also known as Citrus Flats), a by-right project. The plan updated unit siting and amenities for 166 deed-restricted affordable units, aligned with a more modern code framework. The project was approved in 2023 and is now under construction. It also complies with the City's Inclusionary Housing requirements.

The most recent annexation—East Area 1 (EA1) Specific Plan—was approved in 2013 and is currently under construction. The original plan anticipated 1,500 new homes, including 110 market-rate units affordable to households earning up to 200% of the county’s median income. In 2024, an addendum increased the allowable number of units from 1,500 to 2,050.

The City issued a Temporary Certificate of Occupancy for the Jackson House CCF/Rehabilitation facility, originally approved in 2020. A full CofO was granted, and the facility officially opened in Q1 2022. In 2023, the City purchased a vacant commercial lot to develop transitional housing, including a potential tiny home village.

Throughout this period, the City continued to provide fair housing resources and referrals. No requests for reasonable accommodation were reported in 2022. In March 2024, 211 Ventura County gave a presentation to City Council about legal aid services for both tenants and landlords. Informational brochures were distributed at public counters. That same month, City staff also presented Senate Bill 567 (an amendment to the 2019 Tenant Protection Act) and discussed tenant protections, including restrictions on improper “substantial remodel” evictions. Staff are coordinating with the Fair Housing Council of Southern California (HRC) to explore legal clinics and fair housing services, which may be contracted separately.

The City continued to monitor the impacts of Measure L6 and the Growth Management Ordinance (GMO); no projects triggered these measures in 2024. The City also maintained an adequate inventory of sites to meet its RHNA allocation. No lot consolidations or Affordable Housing Overlay (AHO) projects occurred during this reporting period.
17 To: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
From: Beatriz Jimenez, Assistant Finance Director
Subject: MAY 2025 WARRANTS AND CERTIFICATIONS
Date: June 18, 2025
Agenda Item: 10.A

CITY OF SANTA PAULA

MEMORANDUM
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council:

1. Review and accept the "Certification of Accounts Payable" for the accounts payable payment cycles for May 2025, starting check number 340682 and ending check number 341043.

2. Review and accept the "Certification of Salaries" for the pay period ending dates May 2nd, 2025, through May 16th, 2025.

BACKGROUND:

This staff report certifies the separation of duties between the Preparer (Accounting and Payroll Specialist) and the Reviewer (Finance Director and Assistant Finance Director).

Presented in the attached documents:
a) CERTIFICATION OF ACCOUNTS PAYABLE CHECKS by check number range and dates.

It also discloses any voided checks.
b) EXPENSE REPORTS showing the amount and funds accounts payable came from.

The "Check Report" depicts the following columns:
c) AP-ACCOUNTS PAYABLE for the vendors (non-City staff) by the vendor number, vendor name, payment date, payment amount and check number (entitled 'number'). d) PY-PAYROLL for benefit payments, insurance, retirement, etc. Benefits payable on behalf of City staff.
e) Bank Code Summary by payment type.
f) Fund Summary by fund the accounts payables utilized. 18 CERTIFICATION OF SALARIES
This is the certification (separation of duties between "preparer" and the "reviewer") of salaries and benefits (payroll checks) by fund. It lists salary (payroll) issued checks by beginning and ending check number, payroll ending dates May 2nd, 2025, through May 16th, 2025.

ANALYSIS:

See the attachment to this staff report for expense breakdown by respective fund.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

None.

FISCAL IMPACTS:

None.

OPTIONS:

As an alternative to staff's recommendation, the City Council may:

1. Decline to receive and file May 2025 Certifications of Accounts Payable Checks and Certifications of Salaries.

ATTACHMENTS:

May 2025 PY and AP Certifications.pdf
19 20
21 22
23 24
25 26
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
35 To: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
From: Dale Goodman, Public Works Director
Subject: THREE-YEAR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH MKN &

ASSOCIATES
Date: June 18, 2025
Agenda Item: 10.B

CITY OF SANTA PAULA

MEMORANDUM
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council:

Authorize the City Manager to execute a Three-Year Professional Services Agreement with MKN & Associates, Inc. to provide professional engineering consulting services on a time and materials basis for water, wastewater, recycled water and stormwater program support, in the following fiscal year not-to-exceed amounts:

1. FY 2025-2026: $2,455,214

2. FY 2026-2027: $1,947,381

3. FY 2027-2028: $976,428
BACKGROUND:

MKN & Associates (MKN) has provided engineering services for the past five fiscal years to support operation of the Water Recycling Facility (WRF) and has prepared various additional reports in support of the City’s recycled water, wastewater, and water programs. Because of MKN’s experience with City facilities and procedures, City staff requested MKN provide a proposal for professional engineering services in continual support of these programs, including:

Support of WRF operations similar to the previous two fiscal years Planning, design, and construction phase services for installation of the Advanced Treatment Facility
Engineering support for the City’s Stormwater Program
Engineering support for the City’s Drinking Water Program Engineering support for the City’s participation in the Integrated Water Management Plan ANALYSIS:

WRF Operations Support:

For WRF support, this proposal includes the sixth through eight years of an ongoing staff extension effort. In general, the work and budget for this task conforms to the budget from the 36 previous authorization. The proposal also acknowledges the City will be implementing several capital improvement projects (CIPs) at the WRF over the next few years which will require additional construction oversight and quality assurance. MKN will continue performing the following tasks related to ongoing operations of the WRF:

As-needed support, including review of plans, recommendations, and capital expenditures proposed by the contract operations firm
Review of budgets and expenditures for wastewater operations Site visits and meetings as directed by City staff
Engineering support and preparation of bid packages
Bid-phase and construction support
This task will comprise approximately 28 percent of the work.

WRF Advanced Treatment Facility Engineering Services :

The most significant task under this proposal, comprising approximately 45 percent of the work, will be construction phase services for the Advanced Water Treatment Facility to remove chlorides from WRF effluent. This facility will be a significant component of the City’s response to regulatory requirements for reduction of chloride discharges into the Santa Clara River groundwater basin as mandated by the Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board.

Project management
Loan administration and support
Bid phase support
Construction phase engineering support, observation, and materials testing Engineering Support for Stormwater Program:

The proposal includes providing support for the City’s stormwater program, including monitoring compliance and coordination with the existing 2021 Countywide Stormwater Permit. This task comprises about 10 percent of the work. This work will include the following services:

Preparation and submittal of information for the Annual Report Regular coordination, briefings, and summary memoranda with recommendations for City staff
Review and recommendations for compliance with the State Water Resource Control Board’s (SWRCB) Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs) and TMDL Implementation Plans
Review of current compliance and implementation efforts for the Trash TMDL, including recommendations for installation of capture devices
Review and coordination of responses to SWRCB notifications Engineering Support for Drinking Water Program:

The proposal includes providing support for the City’s drinking water program, including completion of the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan Update, preparation and submittal of a Water Loss Audit and certified Audit Validation, assisting the City with compliance with the California Water Conservation Act, and compliance with California Division of Drinking Water reporting requirements. This task comprises about 16 percent of the work. 37 Engineering Support for Integrated Regional Water Management Plan :

The proposal includes providing support to represent the City in the Ventura County and State Integrated Regional Water Management Plan program. MKN will assist the City by participating in meetings and coordinating the City’s involvement in the program. This task comprises about 1 percent of the work.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

The approval of this agenda item does not directly address the strategic goals within the City’s adopted Strategic Plan.

FISCAL IMPACTS:

The Professional Services Agreement will be funded from water and sewer enterprise funds and the capital improvements budget and is consistent with the requested City Budget for FY 2025-2027.

Fiscal impacts by fiscal year are detailed in Table 1 and additional details are provided in the MKN proposal attached to the proposed Professional Services Agreement (Attachment A). Work will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis. The proposed budget total shall not be exceeded for each fiscal year’s adopted budget without prior written authorization from the City.

The proposed work will be funded from the various water and sewer enterprise accounts. The FY 26/27 Budget has sufficient funds to cover the proposed work.

Table 1: Proposed Budget by Fiscal Year
Task Group 2025/2026 2026/2027 2027/2028
100 – WRF

OPERATIONS

SUPPORT
$669,148 $408,645 $391,092
300 – STORMWATER

PROGRAM SUPPORT
$110,814 $107,883 $112,198
400 – DRINKING

WATER PROGRAM

SUPPORT
$154,516 $91,849 $155,662
500 – INTEGRATED

REGIONAL WATER

MANAGEMENT PLAN
$5,090 $5,442 $5,653
Subtotal Tasks 100,
300, 400, and 500
$939,568 $613,819 $664,605
200 – RECYCLED

WATER DISTRIBUTION

SYSTEM PLANNING,

DESIGN AND

CONSTRUCTION

PHASE SERVICES
$1,515,646 $1,333,562 $311,823
Total $2,455,214 $1,947,381 $976,428
38 The account numbers for this work are listed in the table below Account Numbers FY 25/26 FY 26/27 FY 28/29
610-5-5061-209 $134,162 $137,848 $145,622
610-5-9383-660 $98,189 $82,934 $95,963
610-5-9336-290 $217,397 $75,826 $0
610-5-9347-290 $174,842 $57,475 $0
610-5-9***-660 Scada
Computer Upgrade
$0 $13,551 $29,463
610-5-9***-660 Grit
Clasifer Replacement
$0 $35,306 $0
610-5-9***-660 UV
Disinfection Rehab
$15,190 $5,708 $0
610-5-9***-660
Building Repairs and
Improvement
$0 $0 $13,994
610-5-9***-660
Coating Project
$0 $0 $106,050
610-5-9227-660 $1,545,014 $1,333,562 $311,823
205-5-5027-209 $110,814 $107,883 $112,198
620-5-5072-209 $159,606 $97,291 $161,315
Total 2,455,214 $1,947,381 $976,428
OPTIONS:

The Council has the following available alternative options to Staff’s recommendations:

1. Do not authorize the City Manager to execute a Three-Year Professional Services Agreement with MKN & Associates, Inc. at this time, but request Staff to negotiate further with MKN & Associates and return with a revised proposal. This action will discontinue critically needed consultant services associated with active projects and programs until a new agreement is authorized. This lapse in service provided by MKN & Associates could have adverse consequences by failing to provide mandatory reporting and meeting other compliance schedules and requirements of those agencies having jurisdiction over the water and wastewater enterprise operations and projects.

2. Direct staff to pursue a new Request for Qualifications for professional services inviting other professional engineering consultants to submit their qualifications for Council review and consideration at a future public meeting. This action will result in the same consequences anticipated in Option 1.

ATTACHMENTS:

EXHIBIT A.pdf
SP WATER WASTEWATER RECYCLED WATER SUPPORT-20250605.pdf 39 40
41 42
43 44
45 46
47 48
49 50
51 52
53 54
55 56
57 58
59 121 North Fir St., Ste. G
Ventura, CA 93001
805-947-4971 PHONE
June 5, 2025
Dale Goodman
Public Works Director
City of Santa Paula
PO Box 569
Santa Paula, CA 93061
Re: Proposal – FY 2025-2027 Water Recycling Facility Operations, Recycled Water, Stormwater and Water Program Support
Dear Dale,
Michael K. Nunley & Associates, Inc. (MKN) is pleased to submit this proposal to assist the City of Santa Paula (City). As directed, MKN has proposed to expand our services through 2028 to provide engineering support for the City’s drinking water regulatory compliance, water recycling facility (WRF) operations, stormwater regulatory compliance and regional coordination, and recycled water programs. The services to be provided under each program are briefly described below:

WRF Operations
MKN proposes to continue performing the following tasks related to ongoing operations of the WRF:
• As-needed support, including review of plans, recommendations, and capital expenditures proposed by the contract operations firm
• Review of budgets and expenditures for wastewater operations • Site visits and meetings as directed by City staff
• Completion of design, bid-phase, and construction management for implementation of Advanced Water Treatment Facility (AWTF) Phase I
• Regulatory compliance reporting and engineering support for the City’s stormwater and drinking water programs
60 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 2 This proposal considers years six through eight of a multi-year staff extension effort. In general, the work and budget conform to the budget from our previous budgets with some modifications. It is assumed this budget would cover services from July of 2025 through June of 2028.

All work is proposed to proceed on a Time and Materials basis. Assumed staff hours are provided on the enclosed budget spreadsheets for each task identified below.

AWTF Design and Construction Management
MKN will manage design and construction of the City’s AWTF in accordance with Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board requirements.

If authorized, MKN will perform the following services:
• Project management
• Final completion of plans, specifications, and cost opinions • Bid phase support
• Construction phase engineering support, observation, and materials testing Stormwater
MKN will serve as an “extension of staff”, participating in meetings and directing the City’s compliance efforts with the Ventura Countywide Stormwater Permit (R4-2010-108). This work will include the following services:
• Preparation and submittal of the Annual Report
• Regular coordination, briefings, and summary memoranda with recommendations for City staff • Review and recommendations for compliance with the State Water Resource Control Board’s (SWRCB) Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs) and TMDL Implementation Plans • Review of current compliance and implementation efforts for the Trash TMDL, including recommendations for installation of capture devices
• Review and coordination of responses to SWRCB notifications It is assumed this budget would cover services from July of 2025 through June of 2028.

Drinking Water
MKN will serve as an “extension of staff”, participating in meetings and directing the City’s compliance efforts with California Department of Water Resources (DWR) and SWRCB requirements, including the following services:
• Completion of 2025 Urban Water Management Plan
• Preparation and submittal of City water audit
61 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 3 • Preparation and submittal of certified City water audit validation • Engineering support for Consumer Confidence Report, Annual Report, and other Division of Drinking Water reports and submittals
• Engineering support for water conservation compliance and reports It is assumed this budget would cover services from July of 2025 through June of 2028.

Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
MKN will serve as an “extension of staff”, participating in meetings and coordinating the City’s involvement in the Integrated Regional Water Management Planning Group.

It is assumed this budget would cover services from July of 2025 through June of 2028.

SCOPE OF WORK
TASK GROUP 100 – WRF Operations Support
MKN will continue to serve as an extension of staff in support of the ongoing WRF operations. Work under Task Group 100 will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget not to be exceeded without written authorization from the City. It is assumed City staff will develop and lead biweekly meetings with VRSD, MKN, and City staff.

Tas k 101 – R eview of Recommendations and Propos ed Repair, R eplacement, and Capital E xpenditures
The WRF contract operator (Ventura Regional Sanitation District or VRSD) is required to request 3rd party verification of major capital expenditures, repairs, and replacement of equipment. A cost opinion will also be required for certain “non-emergency” work items prior to implementation by the operator.

When directed by the City, MKN will perform a review of cost opinions, 3rd party verification reports, and other supporting documentation and request additional information if warranted. MKN will provide a recommendation to City staff to accept, modify, or reject the proposed work item in writing.

Tas k 102 – R eview of Budgets , E xpenditures , and Payment R eques ts MKN will review the annual City budget and payment requests from VRSD as requested by the City. It is assumed City Public Works staff will coordinate with City Finance Department to confirm funding availability and to identify appropriate budgets or funds for projects.

Tas k 103 – Meetings , S ite Vis its , and Conference Calls As directed by City staff, MKN will plan and attend meetings, site visits, and conference calls with City and/or VRSD. It is assumed City staff will manage biweekly meeting agendas and prepare attachments including purchase order logs.
62 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 4 Tas k 104 – Project Management and R eporting
MKN will prepare monthly status reports outlining, at a minimum, accomplishments since the prior report, current status of performance such as cost and schedule performances, progress toward resolution of previously identified problems, problems or potential problems since prior report, planned corrective actions, and milestones expected to be reached during the next reporting period.

In addition, status of regulatory compliance activities or variances, as well as upcoming milestones, will be identified.

Tas k 105 – E ngineering and Procurement
As needed, MKN will prepare requests for proposals (RFPs) or bid documents for engineering, analytical, planning, permitting, or inspection services related to the WRF.

MKN will serve as Project Manager and Engineer of Record for the following projects:
• Blower Replacement Program Phases 2, 3, and 4
• Influent Pump Station Replacement
• Screw Press Redundancy
• Grit Classifier Replacement
Design services will include the following efforts
Project Management, Quality Control R eviews , and Meetings MKN will provide project management, quality control reviews, and attend one (1) progress meeting online with City staff for each project.

Cons truction Documents
MKN will provide a draft and final set of technical specifications, construction plans, and opinions of probable construction cost. All documents will be provided as electronic submittals in pdf format. Plans will be provided at half-size scale for distribution by the City for bidding. The Blower Replacement, Influent Pump Station Replacement, and Screw Press Redundancy Project will include electrical/ instrumentation design services by MSO Technologies and structural engineering by Buehler, Inc. They will both be subconsultants to MKN.

MKN will provide technical support and coordination of other City consultants and/or VRSD staff for the following projects:
• UV Disinfection Rehabilitation
• SCADA Computer Upgrades
• Coating Repairs Project
• Building Repairs and Improvements
63 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 5 Budgets were developed based on the 2024 Wastewater Master Plan (MKN) and meetings with City and VRSD staff.

Tas k 106 – Cons truction or Ins tallation Phas e S upport for Capital Improvements MKN- Led Project Management and Des ign
MKN will provide bid phase support, engineering services during construction, and part-time construction observation for the following projects which MKN is managing or serving as Engineer of Record:
• Blower Replacement Program Phases 1, 2, and 3 Influent Pump Station Replacement • Screw Press Redundancy
• Coating Repairs Project
MKN will perform the following tasks in support of this work.

Bid Phas e S upport
Where bidding of capital improvements or equipment is required, MKN will provide bid phase support to assist City with preparation for bid, questions during bid advertisement, and bid review. MKN will perform the following:
• Provide electronic plans and specifications for electronic and hard bid distribution (by others).

It is assumed City will contract with a local copy service for distribution of plans and specifications and receive weekly updates on the list of plan holders to provide to City. • Provide City with construction documents (electronic copies) • Organize and attend pre-bid job walk
• Respond to inquiries from bidders
• Receive bidders’ questions and coordinate responses with City, as required • Prepare addenda, if required
• Assist the City in bid review
• Provide recommendations on successful bidder award
• Assist City in resolving bid protests (if necessary – budget to be determined at that time) • Attend City Council meeting to present recommendations on bid award The following engineering services during construction will be provided. Assumptions are included as the basis for the budget.

Precons truction Meeting
MKN will plan and attend a meeting with the City and the Contractor to review the project status, discuss schedule and project requirements, and establish lines of communication. 64 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 6 S ubmittal Review
MKN will receive, log, and review technical submittals and provide responses in a timely manner.

R es pond to R FIs
MKN will log, manage, and respond to Requests for Information (RFIs) from the Contractor.

R es pond to R eques ts for Change
As directed by City, MKN will review proposed change orders related to design issues submitted by the Contractor or requested by the City. Change order submittals will include supporting records. MKN’s review will include the potential impacts on the project schedule and budget and will include recommendations to address the proposed changes.

E ngineer’s Obs ervation of Work in Progres s
MKN will perform technical field observation to review work progress for general conformance with the plans and specifications and design issues or conflicts as they arise.

MKN will provide a written summary of the field visit and construction progress and will contact City immediately if nonconformance issues are identified.

Overall level of effort for observation of Contractor’s work in progress can vary greatly. If additional field observation beyond our assumed budget is necessary, MKN will alert the City promptly with a recommendation on how to proceed.

Final Walkthrough and Punch Lis t
MKN will attend a final walkthrough with City and contractor to develop a punch list for final completion of the project.

R ecord Drawings
MKN will prepare a final set of record drawings based on the Contractor’s as-built drawings.

MKN as Cons truction Phas e S upport
For the following tasks, MKN will provide as-needed technical support to coordinate with City consultants and/or VRSD during project construction:
• UV Disinfection Rehabilitation
• SCADA Computer Upgrades
ADDITIONAL S E R VICES (TAS K GROUP 100)
The following services will not be included in Task Group 100 but could be included as additional services:
• Construction or installation phase support for the grit classifier project Electrical engineering; • Structural engineering;
• Controls/instrumentation engineering and systems integration; 65 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 7 • Design phase survey or topographic mapping;
• Construction survey and staking;
• Materials testing;
• Special inspections;
• Labor compliance monitoring;
• Environmental monitoring; and
• Permit compliance.

MKN can provide these services upon request.

TASK GROUP 200 – AWTF Design and Construction Phase Services MKN will continue planning, design, and construction phase services for the City’s Advanced Water Treatment Facility in accordance with Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board requirements. Tasks are identified below. Work under Task Group 200 will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget total not to be exceeded without written authorization from the City. This project is a Capital Improvement Project that extends across several years. Budget from the 2024-2025 fiscal year will extend into the 2025-2026 fiscal year. Additional budget is requested for tasks identified on the attached fiscal year spreadsheets.

Tas k 201 – Project Management, Meetings , and Quality Control MKN will provide the following services under this task group. Additional budget is requested for these items as identified on the attached spreadsheets. The general project management effort will reduce each year as the project proceeds to construction.

S ubtas k 201A – Client Coordination and Progres s R eports MKN will regularly coordinate with City staff, provide two (2) City Council reports, and provide brief monthly progress reports, via email, with invoices.

S ubtas k 201B – Project S chedule
MKN will prepare a project schedule in Microsoft Project format and will maintain the schedule throughout completion of the project.

S ubtas k 201C – Quality Control
MKN will perform quality control reviews of all deliverables prior to submitting to the City. A Senior Engineer or Principal Engineer who is not involved in the day-to-day design effort will perform an independent review of the project.

S ubtas k 201D – Phas e 1 S ite Meeting (Completed under FY 24/25 Budget) …
66 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 8 S ubtas k 201E – Progres s Meetings
MKN will attend up to three (3) design-phase progress meetings. The following meetings are assumed for the purposes of this proposal. We assume these meetings will be online unless in-person is specified below. Additional conference calls or phone meetings will be arranged on an as-needed basis as part of coordinating the project work.
• Two meetings related to RWQCB and financial planning coordination for the project; • One meeting after the draft final design submittal.

Tas k 202 – R egulatory S upport and Coordination
MKN will assist with regulatory support, largely focused on coordination between the City, the Regional Water Quality Control Board, and the City’s WRF Regulatory Consultant (Larry Walker Associates, “LWA”). Additional budget is requested as noted on the attached spreadsheets due to the ongoing chloride monitoring efforts and anticipated reporting to RWQCB which will be necessary at the end of project construction.

Tas k 203 – AWTF Cons ultant Procurement and Technical S upport MKN will provide technical support needed for the financial consultant, and assist City staff with consultant coordination.

Tas k 204 – Preliminary E ngineering R eport (Completed under FY 24/25 B udget) …
Tas k 205 – Contract Documents
The 60% design has progressed under the Fiscal Year 24/25 budget and some work is remaining to address City and operator comments
Additionally, MKN will prepare construction plans and specifications and provide two (2) progress submittals (Draft Final and Final). MKN’s design team includes Trussell Technologies, Buehler Engineering (Buehler) for structural engineering, and MSO Technologies for electrical engineering and controls. It is assumed that the City will provide front-end documents to MKN for modification and inclusion into the bid package and that MKN will prepare technical specifications in CSI format. Plans will be prepared in AutoCAD. The City staff and City Building Department will review the contents of each submittal and provide comments for incorporation into the subsequent submittal. An opinion of probable construction costs will be prepared to accompany each submittal.

During the preliminary engineering phase, our design team encountered aspects of the project which required a higher level of effort than what was budgeted for. These project elements are essential to allow for optimal operation of the proposed treatment processes. The additional scope of work is as follows:
• Addition of horizontal cartridge filtration to protect downstream membranes. Horizontal cartridge filters were moved outside to provide ease of access for operations staff for anticipated quarterly change-outs of several 5-micron filter elements. 67 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 9 • Addition of degasification (via an air stripping tower) to reduce carbon dioxide in the finished product water. This addition resulted in necessary changes to the overall site plan, including relocation of the reaction tanks and clarifier from the east side of the building to the north side. This relocation results in a slight increase to the overall site footprint and reconfiguration of the existing building design. The portion of the building housing the reaction tanks and clarifier will be relocated and redesigned as a shade structure rather than an extension of the building for value engineering purposes.
• Addition of a product water pump station to transfer product water from the new air stripping tower to the existing WRF effluent pipeline.
• Modification to the hypochlorite system and addition of an ammonia storage and injection system to provide chloramination upstream of nanofiltration to prevent biofouling. • Modification of the brine storage area to include two tanks and a brine pumping system. • Structural and site civil modifications related to the above items.

S ubtas k 205A – 60 Percent S ubmittal (As s umed Completed under FY 24/25 Budget) MKN will continue to address items discussed at the first review workshop and make revisions to the draft plans.

S ubtas k 205B – Operator Works hop & Coordination
MKN will engage operation staff to review draft drawings and equipment decisions as the project proceeds. This may include online or in-person meetings.

S ubtas k 205C – 95% S ubmittal
Submittal will include the following items (electronic copy in PDF format):
• Revised full size (22” x 34”) drawings
• Draft front-end documents (Division 00 provided by City) • Revised technical specifications (Divisions 02 to 44) • Revised opinion of probable construction costs
Due to the proposed design modifications as noted in task 205, additional efforts will be needed under this subtask due to the increased number of plansheets, addition of new specifications, and additional design team coordination.

S ubtas k 205D – Final S ubmittal
Submittal will include the following items (electronic copies in PDF, MS Word, and AutoCAD formats) • Final full-size (22” x 34”) drawings
• Completed front-end documents (Division 00 provided by City) • Final technical specifications (Divisions 02 to 44)
• Final opinion of probable construction cost
68 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 10 Due to the proposed design modifications as noted in task 205, additional efforts will be needed under this subtask due to the increased number of plansheets, addition of new specifications, and additional design team coordination.

A total of 104 hours is requested for draft and final submittals under Subtasks 205C and 205D.

Tas k 206A – Grant R es earch (Completed)
…
Tas k 206B – CWS R F Loan Application and Coordination
MKN has been preparing quarterly updated to SRF to keep the funding agreement active, which was not in the scope for this (previously completed) subtask. Estimated effort includes quarterly reports for the duration of time between the date of this amendment and project completion, as well as a project completion report. Additional budget is requested to support the City’s ongoing efforts to inform RWQCB.

Tas k 207 – B id Phas e S ervices
MKN will provide bid phase support to assist the City with preparation for bid, questions during bid advertisement, and bid review. MKN will provide the following:
• Provide electronic plans and specifications for electronic bid distribution (by others). • Provide City with construction documents (electronic copies). • Organize and attend pre-bid job walk.
• Respond to inquiries from bidders.
• Receive bidders’ questions and coordinate responses with City, as required. • Prepare addenda, if required.
• Assist the City in bid review.
• Provide recommendations on successful bidder award.
• Assist the City in resolving bid protests (if necessary – budget to be determined at that time). • Attend City Council meeting to present recommendations on bid award.

We recommend a budget of 188 hours for completion of this task. The budget for this task was previously reallocated for design modifications due to the AWTF design refinement study, the purpose of this amendment is to request additional funds for the completion of this task per our original scope of work.

Tas k 208 – Cons truction Phas e S ervices
MKN will perform the following services during construction phase of the AWTF Phase I Improvements. The original budget for construction management was utilized for Phase I project design and project management. Therefore, additional budget is requested for this work. 69 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 11 S ubtas k 208A – Precons truction Meeting
MKN will organize a comprehensive preconstruction meeting that brings together City representatives, contractors, subcontractors, and key stakeholders. This meeting will cover all necessary aspects, such as scope clarification, role assignments, and responsibilities for each party.

MKN will establish communication protocols, set expectations for documentation submissions, and outline decision-making procedures. Emergency contacts for each party will also be documented for quick issue resolution. An agenda will be provided to the City before the meeting, and detailed meeting minutes will be distributed afterward to ensure transparency and record of agreements.

S ubtas k 208B – S ubmittal R eview
MKN will maintain a log of, manage, and review shop drawings and submittals and provide responses.

Submittals will be circulated to the City for review where applicable. It is anticipated that up to 150 submittals will be received. It is assumed that no more than one original submittal will be received, and that no more than 50 (total) conforming resubmittals will be required out of the 150 submittals.

S ubtas k 208C – R es pond to R FIs
MKN will maintain a log of, manage, review, and responded to Contractor RFIs. Our budget is based on reviewing and responding to up to 100 RFIs.

S ubtas k 208D – R es pond to R eques ts for Change Orders MKN will review eight (8) change order requests from the contractor and provide a recommendation to the City.

S ubtas k 208E – Engineer’s Obs ervation of Work in Progres s The Design Engineer will perform periodic site visits to review work in progress. We assume twwenty-four (24) site visits during construction.

S ubtas k 208F – S tartup S upport
MKN and our subconsultant, Trussell Technologies, Inc., will perform the following services:
• Review Plant Checkout Plan from Contractor and provide comments • Review Commissioning activitiesand documentation to ensure Gradiant provided unit processes have satisfactorily passed the Plant Checkout Plan and are ready for performance testing
• Provide enhanced training beyond vendor training, such as hands-on training for City operations staff during startup and comissioning to help operations staff develop key SOPs (up to five (5) 1-day visits)
• Witness performance test (5 out of 14 days) (5 visits) • Review performance test completion report to ensure compliance with specs 70 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 12 S ubtas k 208G – R ecord Drawings
MKN will receive the Contractor’s redlines and review for completeness and accuracy based on observation reports, photos, RFIs and approved change orders. Redlines will be then be developed into Record Drawings using AutoCAD.

S ubtas k 208H – Cons truction Management and Obs ervation MKN will assign a dedicated on-site resident engineer (RE) and inspectors to manage construction operations with a focus on quality assurance and contract compliance. The RE and inspectors will oversee every phase of the construction, from mobilization through project closeout, coordinating the flow of documentation, monitoring contractor compliance, and facilitating communication between all stakeholders. MKN will serve as the primary liaison between the City, contractor, and subcontractors to ensure smooth project execution, timely response to issues, and overall project success. The budget was developed assuming 18 months of full-time project representation. The scope of work under this task is as follows:

Daily Inspection Diaries
The on-site inspector will maintain daily logs using Procore to provide a thorough record of all construction activities. This includes weather conditions, personnel counts, equipment usage, subcontractor presence, key discussions with the contractor, material deliveries, and any construction issues encountered. These diaries serve as both a real-time account and a historical record, aiding in resolving disputes or reviewing previous decisions and ensuring accountability.

Photo Record Maintenance
MKN will document construction progress by taking routine photos to capture each stage, including milestone completions, installations, and areas of concern. These images will be stored digitally in Procore and shared with the City at regular intervals, providing visual proof of ongoing work and serving as a critical reference for dispute resolution or future project reviews.

Record Drawing Maintenance
MKN will closely monitor and regularly update the contractor’s record drawings, which capture modifications made during construction. This set will be continually reviewed to ensure accuracy, and MKN will keep an independent As-Built drawing set to present a complete and accurate record at project closeout, giving the City a reliable basis for future maintenance.

Special Inspections
For project areas that require specialized inspection beyond standard construction oversight, such as geotechnical testing, structural steel work, or concrete integrity, MKN will identify these needs, coordinate with expert subconsultants, and schedule the inspections. MKN’s role is to ensure compliance with safety and quality standards, making sure that all special requirements are fulfilled and documented.
71 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 13 Document Control
MKN will implement Procore project management software to manage project documentation efficiently. This includes handling contractor submittals, RFIs, shop drawings, and other key documents. MKN will coordinate between the contractor, City, and design team to maintain document flow, keeping responses timely to avoid delays and ensuring that all documentation is properly tracked, documented, and communicated to relevant parties.

Schedule Review
MKN will review the contractor’s baseline schedule, as well as monthly updates, to confirm compliance with contractual requirements. This includes checking milestone dates, critical paths, and overall project timelines. By closely monitoring the contractor’s progress and identifying any potential delays, MKN can flag issues early and propose solutions to mitigate schedule risks.

Pay Request Processing
MKN will meticulously review monthly pay requests submitted by the contractor, ensuring that claimed work aligns with contract terms. This includes verifying work quantities, percentage completion, and supporting documents. MKN’s recommendations will be forwarded to the City for approval, ensuring that payments align with project progress and City procedures.

Change Order Review
MKN will assist in analyzing change order requests from the contractor, evaluating the necessity, impact on budget and schedule, and accuracy of the request. MKN will provide recommendations to the City and track any associated time-and-material work, ensuring that costs are well documented and controlled to prevent budget overruns.

Progress Meetings
MKN will hold weekly or as-needed progress meetings to discuss project status, review safety and quality protocols, track submittal and RFI statuses, and address outstanding issues. MKN will create and distribute minutes, documenting decisions and assigning follow-up tasks, facilitating transparency, accountability, and prompt issue resolution.

Verification of Material and Equipment
As materials and equipment arrive on-site, MKN will conduct inspections to confirm they match contract specifications and approved submittals. This proactive verification prevents the use of noncompliant materials, ensuring the quality and integrity of the project while avoiding potential rework or delays.

Quality Assurance
MKN will perform regular inspections of construction work to confirm adherence to quality standards as specified in the contract. MKN will ensure that materials, workmanship, and adherence to design specifications meet project expectations, and any identified deficiencies will be documented and addressed by the contractor to maintain quality.
72 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 14 Acceptance/Performance Testing
MKN will coordinate testing and acceptance protocols to verify that systems and equipment meet the contract, industry standards, and regulatory codes. This includes functional testing of systems like HVAC, plumbing, and electrical, and MKN will oversee these tests to confirm that each system operates as designed prior to final project acceptance.

Project Closeout
MKN will oversee the project closeout process, making sure all tasks are completed to the City’s satisfaction. This includes conducting final inspections, resolving punch list items, and submitting all necessary documentation (such as warranties and O&M manuals). MKN will coordinate closely with the contractor to ensure a seamless transition from construction to project handover.

Punch List Inspection
As the project nears completion, MKN will perform a punch list inspection to document any remaining deficiencies or incomplete items. The list will be provided to the contractor for corrective action, and MKN will re-inspect to confirm completion, ensuring a fully satisfactory project closeout.

O&M Manual and Warranty Coordination
MKN will coordinate the compilation and verification of operation and maintenance (O&M) manuals and warranty documents from the contractor, ensuring compliance with specifications. This documentation is essential for the City’s long-term project maintenance and operations, providing comprehensive guidance and coverage for future needs.

Operator Training
MKN will verify that training sessions for new systems and equipment meet contract requirements.

Working with contractors and vendors, MKN will arrange and oversee training sessions to ensure City staff are fully prepared to operate and maintain new systems effectively.

Startup and Commissioning
MKN will coordinate the start-up and commissioning of new facilities and equipment, overseeing testing, adjustments, and troubleshooting. This phase ensures systems are calibrated and functioning as intended before final handover, addressing any operational issues in collaboration with contractors, vendors, and City staff.

Closeout
Following project completion, MKN will conduct a final inspection, review all project documentation, and submit a closeout package to the City. This package will include final invoices, reports, and relevant closure documents, and MKN will recommend final acceptance of the project to the City, confirming satisfactory completion of all work.

Final Report
MKN will prepare a comprehensive final report summarizing all project aspects, including:
73 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 15 • Total costs (including bids, change orders, and resolved claims) • Key project dates (from bid opening to final completion) • A breakdown of working and non-working days, weather delays, and schedule impacts • Analysis of major issues, challenges, and accomplishments • The final acceptance form for the City’s records, providing a thorough project closure summary.

Refer to Exhibit B for a detailed breakdown of manhours estimated for this task. The budget for this task was previously reallocated for design modifications due to the AWTF design refinement study, the purpose of this amendment is to request additional funds for the completion of this task per our original scope of work.

Tas k 209 – As s is t with B rine Dis pos al Coordination MKN will continue to support the City’s efforts to identify suitable locations and determining approval requirements to discharge brine generated from the AWTF. This will include meetings and responses to requests for information from staff at potential receiving facilities. Additional budget is requested for this ongoing effort.

Tas k 210 – AWTF Contractor Prequalification
MKN is performing a new Contractor Prequalification effort (due to the time that has passed since the original prequalification in 2021). MKN has utilized the previously prepared prequalification package, updating the documents as needed to reflect the current project. The prequalification package was released in May of 2025 but response to contractors, review of submittals, and recommendations to the City will be included in FY 2025-2026. This scope currently includes:
• Internal quality control review by a principal or senior engineer not currently involved in the project (Completed)
• Coordination with City staff for advertisement (Completed) • Response to RFIs and development of addenda (up to two are assumed). • Reviewing and documenting the information received and providing City staff with summary tables to frame discussions, final evaluations, and scoring. • Development of recommendations for list of prequalified contractors.

Tas k 211 – AWTF Architectural R enderings (Completed)
ADDITIONAL S E R VICES (TAS K GROUP 200)
The following services will not be included in Task Group 200 but could be included as additional services:
• Groundwater modeling
• Property research, including easement/purchase negotiation • Permitting and/or development of CEQA documents
74 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 16 • Bid advertisement, maintenance of plan holders list
• Environmental or cultural monitoring
• Mitigation of contaminated soils
• Utility potholing
• Assessment of existing generator capacity, and/or design of backup generator for recycled water system
TASK GROUP 300 – Stormwater Program Support
MKN will provide engineering services in support of the City’s stormwater program. Work under Task Group 300 will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget total not to exceed without written authorization from the City.

Tas k 301 – Ventura Countywide S tormwater Permit (R 4- 2010- 0108) Compliance and Coordination
MKN will perform the following services:
• Coordination and submittal of City’s data for Annual Report to VCWPD • Monthly meeting of Ventura Countywide Stormwater Management Committee – Attend meetings as necessary (Committee meets monthly). Prepare short briefing memo following each meeting
• Regular coordination and briefing to City staff on Program issues • Review existing City’s Stormwater Program Best Management Practices, and inspection programs, and provide recommendations on current efforts to remain in compliance with Permit
• Coordinate any mandatory training(s)
• Prepare presentation(s) (and present if requested) to City Council • As-needed consulting assistance regarding the Stormwater Program’s compliance with Federal and State requirements
• Provide a quarterly briefing on current state of affairs at the regional, state and national level Tas k 302 – Ventura Countywide S tormwater Permit WMP Coordination MKN will perform the following services:
• Review and provide analysis of Orders, Fact Sheets, Monitoring Programs, and correspondence issued by the RWQCB-LA
• Coordinate efforts with Ventura Countywide Stormwater Program (and attend necessary meetings) on behalf of the City to implement the WMP and the requirements of the 2021 Regional MS4 Permit.
• Review and provide summary memo on implications to City of WMP adoption. Draft City comment letter if requested.
75 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 17 Tas k 303 – TMDL Compliance
MKN will perform the following services:
• Review applicable City TMDLs, and TMDL Implementation Plans. Prepare memo(s) with summary of issues of TMDL implications to City.
• SWRCB Trash TMDL. Review current compliance and implement efforts (including identified catch basins identified for installation of full capture devices) and provide recommendations.

Tas k 304 – R es pons e to Other S tate Water Res ources Control Board and/or Regional B oard Inquiries
If requested, review and provide analysis of SWRCB and/or RWQCB correspondence, inquires, and initiatives received by the City.

TASK GROUP 400 – Drinking Water Program Support
MKN will provide engineering services in support of the City’s drinking water program. Work under Task Group 400 will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget total not to exceed without written authorization from the City.

Tas k 401 – Divis ion of Drinking Water/ Department of Water R es ources Compliance S ubtas k 401A – 2025 Urban Water Management Plan Update Data Collection and Review: A kickoff meeting will be held with City staff to discuss the project approach, review changes since 2020, discuss communications protocols and public outreach, and review the proposed schedule. At this meeting, any new DWR documents that have been released will be discussed. MKN will also provide City with a preliminary data needs list to assist staff with gathering pertinent records. A list of agencies to be notified will be prepared and draft contact letters will be provided for District staff after the meeting.

UWMP Update: Each chapter of the City’s 2020 UWMP will be updated and formatted for the 2025 update (based on the 2025 UWMP Guidebook). Changes to the UWMP will consist of reorganization of chapters, updates to the more general chapters (e.g., system description, plan preparation, etc.) and changes to the more specific chapters (e.g., supplies, demands, baselines, reliability, etc.) to meet current guidelines. It is assumed guidelines will be consistent with 2020requirements. If guidelines change and require more effort than budgeted herein, MKN will notify the City to discuss budget augmentation or receive direction. All data will be input into the DWR-furnished UWMP and SBX7-7 tables.

Based on the 2020 UWMP and updated information provided by City, MKN will prepare an administrative draft of the 2025 UWMP for review and comment by City staff. MKN will attend an administrative draft review meeting with City staff prior to the scheduled board meeting identified below.

Public Review and Final UWMP: Comments from review of the administrative draft will be incorporated in a Public Review Draft for release during a public hearing (or Council meeting as 76 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 18 described below). MKN will attend the public hearing and assist City in addressing any comments received. The UWMP will be finalized, uploaded to Department of Water Resources’ WUEdata web portal, and made available as required under the Code. It is assumed MKN will provide a cameraready draft and pdfs to City and/or a copy center for production of bound copies.

Meetings: MKN will coordinate and attend a meeting with City staff to initiate this work. MKN will prepare and provide a draft agenda at least one (1) business day before the meeting. Topics covered will include scope of work, a preliminary list of data needs, project schedule, project deliverables and review.

MKN will attend one (1) review meeting after the District has completed their review of the administrative draft UWMP.

MKN will plan and attend meetings with neighboring and partnering agencies as required for UWMP development. MKN will work with City staff to identify the appropriate agencies. Twenty-four (24) hours have been budgeted for agency coordination meetings.

MKN will attend one (1) Council meeting to present the public draft UWMP. MKN will attend a second Council meeting for adoption of the 2020 UWMP update and be available to respond to any questions.

S ubtas k 401B – Water Los s Audit
Each year, MKN will perform a water loss audit for the City using the American Water Works Association (AWWA) Excel-based water audit software. MKN will provide required submittals to the California Department of Water Resources each year.

The following information will be required from the City to prepare the audit:

1. Supply from own sources consisting of monthly potable water production (should not include raw water sources) as documented by supply meters or other means

2. Supply imported/exported per connection on a monthly basis (if applicable)

3. Supply meter accuracy and calibration testing (if conducted)

4. Customer consumption records consisting of monthly consumption by user types

5. The following information is also recommended if available:
o Customer meter accuracy and calibration testing (if conducted) Customer meter inaccuracy derivation
o Average operating pressure derivation
o Customer retail unit cost derivation
o Variable production cost derivation
MKN will prepare a draft version of the spreadsheet for City review and will then prepare a final spreadsheet and submit to DWR.

Deliverables:
• Draft AWWA Excel-based water loss spreadsheet
77 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 19 • Final AWWA Excel-based water loss spreadsheet
S ubtas k 401C – Water Los s Audit Validation
MKN will assign a certified water loss audit validator to review the Water Loss Audit and complete and submit the validation report to. Work efforts are described below.

Preliminary Water Audit Documentation Review: To complete a Level 1 Water Loss Audit Validation, the certified validator will review the information used to develop the Audit.

MKN will review/compare the preliminary AWWA water loss audit (calendar year 2018) to the supporting information described above. Data inputs and data validity grades (DVG) in the AWWA water loss audit software will be reviewed and documented for consistency with the required supporting and supplemental information. The following performance indicators (included in the AWWA spreadsheet once an audit is completed) will be reviewed and compared to the AWWA Manual M36 guidelines:
• Non-Revenue Water as a percent by cost of operating the system • Real losses (service connection/day, length of main/day, service connection/day/PSI) • Infrastructure Leakage index
A listing of the data received and copies of the supporting and supplemental information provided will be included in a summary memorandum.

Water Loss Audit Interview: Based on the information provided/reviewed in Task 1, MKN will develop a draft of the Level 1 Validation Summary Notes (based on available information provided), which will be discussed during the water loss audit validation interview. The certified MKN validator will schedule a time with City and MKN staff involved in preparing the water loss audit either via onsite meeting or teleconference. Following the meeting there maybe additional information and/or clarification requested to complete the water loss audit validation. MKN will identify any additional requirements and assumes that the City will be able to provide comments within two weeks following the interview.

Preparation of Validated Water Loss Audit and Report: Following the water loss audit interview, MKN will prepare the final validation documentation and provide it to the City to submit to DWR. Reports are required to be submitted on or before October 1 annually, using DWR's WUEdata portal located at:
https://wuedata.water.ca.gov/secure. MKN will prepare a summary memorandum documenting the supporting and supplemental information provided, results of the water loss audit interview, and required submittal items for DWR.

Deliverables:
• 2018 Water Loss Audit Summary Memorandum
• Level 1 Validation Summary Notes (submitted to purveyor) • Validated AWWA Water Loss Audit (submitted to DWR)
• Certified Validation Report (submitted to DWR)
78 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 20 S ubtas k 401D – Water Cons ervation
MKN will assist the City with compliance with California Water Conservation Act (SB7x-7; Water Code 10608, 10631, and 10800) regarding urban water use targets. MKN will also provide assistance with preparation of the City’s 20x2020 analysis.

A budget of 8 hours per month is requested for a total of 96 hours per year.

S ubtas k 401E – Drinking Water Program R eporting and Divis ion of Drinking Water (DDW) Compliance MKN will perform the following tasks:
• Assistance with preparation of monthly, quarterly, and annual reports including, but not limited to Consumer Confidence, Annual Operations, Production, Coliform, and Iron and Manganese Reports.
• Review current Standard Operations Procedures and provide recommendations.

A budget of 8 hours per month is requested for a total of 96 hours per year.

S ubtas k 401F – Meetings and Coordination with City s taff MKN will perform the following tasks:
• Regular coordination and briefing to City staff on Program issues. • Coordinate any mandatory training(s).
• Prepare presentations (and present if requested) to City Council. • As-needed consulting assistance regarding the Water Program’s compliance with Federal and State requirements.

A budget of 4 hours per month is requested for a total of 48 hours per year.

Tas k 402 – Other S tate Water Res ources Control B oard and/or California Department of Water Res ources Inquiries
If requested, review and provide analysis of SWRCB and/or DWR correspondence, inquiries and initiatives received by the City.

A budget of 2 hours per month is requested for a total of 24 hours per year.

TASK GROUP 500 – Integrated Regional Water Management Program MKN will research, attend meetings, coordinate and provide recommendations for opportunities for the City to participate in the Watersheds Coalition of Ventura County and the State of California’s Integrated Regional Water Management Plan program to assist the City’s stormwater, water and water conservation programs.

A budget of 4 hours per month is requested for a total of 48 hours per year. Work under Task Group 500 will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget total not to exceed without written authorization from the City.
79 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 21 Assumptions
MKN shall be entitled to rely reasonably upon the accuracy of data and information provided by or through the City and will use good professional judgment in reviewing and evaluating such information. If MKN identifies any error or inaccuracy in data or information provided by or through City, or determines that additional data or information is needed to perform the services, MKN shall promptly notify the client.

MKN will provide data requests to City as needs arise.

Estimated Fee
Table 1 summarizes the budget for our fee for all tasks identified above. Tasks 105 and 106 and Task Group 200 are multi-year Capital Improvement Projects for the City. At the end of each fiscal year, amounts remaining in these budgets are expected to roll into the subsequent year if work extends across fiscal years. Task Group 200 will also have budget remaining from FY 24/25 that will be utilized in FY 25/26 as shown in the table below. The amount shown is a projection but will be finalized after our fees are invoiced through June 30, 2025.

It is assumed the fee schedule will be adjusted by 3% per year on July 1st for each fiscal year. Work will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget total not to exceed without written authorization from the City.
80 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 22 Task Group Budget
Remaining to
be Rolled
Over from
2024/25 (as of
5/1/2025)*
2025/26 2026/27 2027/28
100 – WRF Operations Support -- $669,148 $408,645 $391,092 200 – AWTF Design and
Construction Management
$597,745 $917,901 $1,333,562 $311,823
300 – Stormwater Program
Support
-- $110,814 $107,883 $112,198
400 – Drinking Water Program
Support
-- $154,516 $91,849 $155,662
500 – Integrated Regional Water
Management Plan
-- $5,090 $5,442 $5,653
Subtotal Tasks 100, 300, 400,
500
-- $939,568 $613,819 $664,605
Subtotal Task 200 (2025/26
includes Rollover + Amendment)
$1,515,646 $1,333,562 $311,823
Total $2,455,214 $1,947,381 $976,428
*The budget remaining will be adjusted after invoicing through the end of June, 2025.

A detailed estimate of hours and estimated other direct costs (ODCs) is provided on the attached tables.

We hope this proposal meets your expectations and look forward to continuing our work with you and the City.

Sincerely,
Michael K. Nunley, PE
Program Director
Enclosures:
• Detailed Budget with Manhour Breakdown
81 City of Santa Paula
WRF Operation, Recycled Water, Stormwater, and Drinking Water Support FY 25/26 Project Director Construction Project Manager Principal Engineer Senior Engineer II Project Engineer I Assistant Engineer II Resident Engineer Construction Inspector Scheduler Senior Designer Administrative Assistant Total Hours (MKN) Labor (MKN) ODCs (MKN) Materials Testing Supplemental Inspection MSO Buehler Trussell Non-Labor Costs Total Fee Hourly Rates 312 256 289 251 203 184 215 200 185 185 113 Task Group 100: WRF Operations Support
Task 101 - Review Recommendations and Proposed Repair, Replacement, and Capital Expenditures 48 45 8 101 $ 26,639 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 26,639 Task 102 - Review Budgets, Expenditures, and Payment Requests 120 120 $ 34,680 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 34,680 Task 103 - Meetings, Site Visits, and Conference Calls 30 60 45 135 $ 37,995 $ 6,000 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 6,000 $ 43,995 Task 104 - Project Management and Reporting 48 48 96 $ 28,848 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 28,848 Task 105 - Engineering and Procurement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105A -Blower Replacement Program 7 11 32 46 60 56 212 $ 44,133 $ - $ - $ - $ 8,800 $ 2,200 $ - $ 11,000 $ 55,133 105B - Influent Pump Station Replacement 51 54 128 119 234 156 6 748 $ 160,397 $ 2,000 $ - $ - $ 33,000 $ 22,000 $ - $ 57,000 $ 217,397 105C - Screw Press Redundancy Project 48 48 94 86 176 128 6 586 $ 126,642 $ 2,000 $ - $ - $ 26,950 $ 19,250 $ - $ 48,200 $ 174,842 105D - Grit Clasifier Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105E - UV Disinfection Rehabilitation 2 4 16 20 2 44 $ 9,702 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 9,702 105F - SCADA Computer Upgrades 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105G - Coating Repairs Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105H - Building Repairs and Improvements 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 106 - Construction or Installation Phase Support for Capital Improvements 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106A - Blower Replacement Program 6 16 40 40 80 8 190 $ 40,856 $ - $ - $ - $ 2,200 $ - $ - $ 2,200 $ 43,056 106B - Influent Pump Station Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106C - Screw Press Redundancy Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106D - Grit Clasifier Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106E - UV Disinfection Rehabilitation 16 8 24 $ 5,488 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,488 106F - SCADA Computer Upgrades 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106G - Coating Repairs Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 107 - Pretreatment Program Update and Chloride Source Control Management 8 80 32 8 128 $ 29,368 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 29,368 Subtotal 200 0 409 496 291 618 0 0 0 348 22 2256 $ 544,748 $ 10,000 $ - $ - $ 70,950 $ 43,450 $ - $ 124,400 $ 669,148 Task Group 200: WRF Advanced Treatment System Planning, Design, and Construction Phase Services Task 201 - Project Management, Meetings, and Quality Control 40 40 16 96 $ 25,848 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 25,848 Task 202 - Regulatory Support and Coordination 24 24 48 $ 14,424 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 14,424 Task 203 - Consultant Procurement and Technical Support 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 204 - Preliminary Engineering Report 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 205 - Contract Documents 16 0 0 32 16 16 0 0 0 20 4 104 $ 23,368 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 23,368 Task 206 - Assist with Grant and Loan Application 24 0 24 24 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 112 $ 27,808 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 27,808 Task 207 - Bid Phase Services 20 0 0 48 36 52 0 0 0 24 8 188 $ 40,508 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 40,508 Task 208 - Construction Phase Services 36 64 128 164 80 320 616 1036 20 0 0 2464 $ 524,232 $ 24,000 $ 90,000 $ 37,500 $ 38,210 $ 35,640 $ 16,500 $ 241,850 $ 766,082 Task 209 - Assistance with Brine Disposal Coordination 24 24 12 12 72 $ 19,872 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 19,872 Task 210 - Contractor Prequalification 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Subtotal 248 64 240 280 144 428 616 1056 20 44 28 3084 $ 676,060 $ 24,000 $ 90,000 $ 37,500 $ 38,210 $ 35,640 $ 16,500 $ 241,850 $ 917,910 Task Group 300: Stormwater Program Support
Task 301 - Ventura Countywide Stormwater Permit Compliance 2 130 208 340 $ 65,286 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 65,286 Task 302 - Ventura Countywide Stormwater WMP Coordination 72 12 84 $ 16,824 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 16,824 Task 303 - TMDL Compliance 48 76 124 $ 23,728 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 23,728 Task 304 - Other State Water Resources Control Board and/or Regional Board Inquiries 2 16 6 24 $ 4,976 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 4,976 Subtotal 4 0 0 0 266 302 0 0 0 0 0 572 $ 110,814 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 110,814 Task Group 400: Water Program Support
Task 401 - DDW/DWR Compliance 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401A - 2025 Urban Water Management Plan Update 12 66 86 144 6 314 $ 67,450 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 67,450 401B - Annual Water Supply and Demand Assessment 2 12 16 4 34 $ 6,456 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 6,456 401C - Water Loss Audit 1 8 12 2 23 $ 4,370 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 4,370 401D - Water Loss Audit Validation 1 10 12 2 25 $ 4,776 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 4,776 401E - Drinking Water Program Reporting and DDW Compliance 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 20,402 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 20,402 401F - Meetings and Coordination with City Staff 2 20 22 4 48 $ 11,322 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 11,322 401G - Risk and Resiliency Plan Update 1 34 44 8 87 $ 19,138 $ 200 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 200 $ 19,338 401H - Emergency Response Plan Update 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 402 - Other SWRCB/DWR Inquiries 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 20,402 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 20,402 Subtotal 23 0 164 0 186 316 0 0 0 0 34 723 $ 154,316 $ 200 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 200 $ 154,516 Task Group 500: Integrated Regional Water Management Plan Support Task 501 - Engineering Support 2 22 24 $ 5,090 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,090 Subtotal 2 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 $ 5,090 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,090 TOTAL BUDGET 477 64 813 776 909 1664 616 1056 20 392 84 6659 $ 1,491,028 $ 34,200 $ 90,000 $ 37,500 $ 109,160 $ 79,090 $ 16,500 $ 366,450 $ 1,857,478 82 City of Santa Paula
WRF Operation, Recycled Water, Stormwater, and Drinking Water Support FY 26/27 Project Director Construction Project Manager Principal Engineer Senior Engineer II Project Engineer I Assistant Engineer II Resident Engineer Construction Inspector Scheduler Senior Designer Administrative Assistant Total Hours (MKN) Labor (MKN) ODCs (MKN) MSO Buehler Materials Testing Specialty Inspection Trussell Total Fee Hourly Rates 324 266 301 261 211 191 224 208 192 192 118 Task Group 100: WRF Operations Support
Task 101 - Review Recommendations and Proposed Repair, Replacement, and Capital Expenditures 48 45 8 101 $ 27,705 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 27,705 Task 102 - Review Budgets, Expenditures, and Payment Requests 126 126 $ 37,871 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 37,871 Task 103 - Meetings, Site Visits, and Conference Calls 20 60 45 125 $ 36,270 $ 6,000 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 42,270 Task 104 - Project Management and Reporting 48 48 96 $ 30,002 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 30,002 Task 105 - Engineering and Procurement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105A -Blower Replacement Program 7 11 32 46 60 56 212 $ 45,898 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 45,898 105B - Influent Pump Station Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105C - Screw Press Redundancy Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105D - Grit Clasifier Replacement 8 14 36 4 58 36 2 158 $ 35,306 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 35,306 105E - UV Disinfection Rehabilitation 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105F - SCADA Computer Upgrades 8 4 20 20 6 58 $ 13,551 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 13,551 105G - Coating Repairs Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105H - Building Repairs and Improvements 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 106 - Construction or Installation Phase Support for Capital Improvements 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106A - Blower Replacement Program 6 16 40 40 40 8 150 $ 34,836 $ - $ 2,200 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 37,036 106B - Influent Pump Station Replacement 6 22 58 84 48 32 250 $ 56,776 $ 2,000 $ 11,000 $ 6,050 $ - $ - $ - $ 75,826 106C - Screw Press Redundancy Project 6 22 42 48 28 32 178 $ 41,172 $ 2,000 $ 9,350 $ 4,950 $ - $ - $ - $ 57,472 106D - Grit Clasifier Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106E - UV Disinfection Rehabilitation 16 8 24 $ 5,708 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,708 106F - SCADA Computer Upgrades 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106G - Coating Repairs Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 107 - Pretreatment Program Update and Chloride Source Control Management 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Subtotal 109 0 371 334 222 270 0 0 0 164 8 1478 $ 365,093 $ 10,000 $ 22,550 $ 11,000 $ - $ - $ - $ 408,645 Task Group 200: WRF Advanced Treatment System Planning, Design, and Construction Phase Services Task 201 - Project Management, Meetings, and Quality Control 40 40 80 $ 25,002 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 25,002 Task 202 - Regulatory Support and Coordination 24 24 48 $ 15,001 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 15,001 Task 203 - Consultant Procurement and Technical Support 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 204 - Preliminary Engineering Report 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 205 - Contract Documents 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 206 - Assist with Grant and Loan Application 24 24 48 $ 15,001 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 15,001 Task 207 - Bid Phase Services 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 208 - Construction Phase Services 24 96 56 92 56 200 1440 2832 48 80 4924 $ 1,059,956 $ 26,000 $ 18,740 $ 20,196 $ 90,000 $ 37,500 $ 5,500 $ 1,257,891 Task 209 - Assistance with Brine Disposal Coordination 24 24 12 12 72 $ 20,667 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 20,667 Task 210 - Contractor Prequalification 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Subtotal 232 96 168 104 68 200 1440 2880 48 80 0 5172 $ 1,135,626 $ 26,000 $ 18,740 $ 20,196 $ 90,000 $ 37,500 $ 5,500 $ 1,333,562 Task Group 300: Stormwater Program Support
Task 301 - Ventura Countywide Stormwater Permit Compliance 2 130 208 340 $ 67,897 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 67,897 Task 302 - Ventura Countywide Stormwater WMP and CIMP Development 48 48 $ 10,134 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 10,134 Task 303 - TMDL Compliance 48 76 124 $ 24,677 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 24,677 Task 304 - Other State Water Resources Control Board and/or Regional Board Inquiries 2 16 6 24 $ 5,175 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,175 Subtotal 4 0 0 0 242 290 0 0 0 0 0 536 $ 107,883 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 107,883 Task Group 400: Water Program Support
Task 401 - DDW/DWR Compliance 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401A - 2025 Urban Water Management Plan Update 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401B - Annual Water Supply and Demand Assessment 2 12 16 4 34 $ 6,714 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 6,714 401C - Water Loss Audit 1 8 12 2 23 $ 4,545 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 4,545 401D - Water Loss Audit Validation 1 10 12 2 25 $ 4,967 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 4,967 401E - Drinking Water Program Reporting and DDW Compliance 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 21,218 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 21,218 401F - Meetings and Coordination with City Staff 2 20 22 4 48 $ 11,775 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 11,775 401G- Risk and Resiliency Plan Update 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401H - Emergency Response Plan Update 2 36 46 8 92 $ 21,212 $ 200 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 21,412 Task 402 - Other SWRCB/DWR Inquiries 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 21,218 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 21,218 Subtotal 12 0 100 0 100 174 0 0 0 0 28 414 $ 91,649 $ 200 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 91,849 Task Group 500: Integrated Regional Water Management Plan Support Task 501 - Engineering Support 2 22 24 $ 5,294 $ 148 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,442 Subtotal 2 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 $ 5,294 $ 148 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,442 TOTAL BUDGET 359 96 639 438 654 934 1440 2880 48 244 36 7624 $ 1,705,545 $ 36,348 $ 41,290 $ 31,196 $ 90,000 $ 37,500 $ 5,500 $ 1,947,381 83 City of Santa Paula
WRF Operation, Recycled Water, Stormwater, and Drinking Water Support FY 27/28 Project Director Construction Project Manager Principal Engineer Senior Engineer II Project Engineer I Assistant Engineer II Resident Engineer Construction Inspector Scheduler Senior Designer Administrative Assistant Total Hours (MKN) Labor (MKN) ODCs (MKN) MSO Buehler Trussell Non-Labor Costs Total Fee Hourly Rates 337 256 313 271 220 199 233 216 200 200 122 Task Group 100: WRF Operations Support
Task 101 - Review Recommendations and Proposed Repair, Replacement, and Capital Expenditures 48 45 8 101 $ 28,813 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 28,813 Task 102 - Review Budgets, Expenditures, and Payment Requests 134 134 $ 41,886 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 41,886 Task 103 - Meetings, Site Visits, and Conference Calls 20 60 45 125 $ 37,721 $ 6,000 $ - $ - $ - $ 6,000 $ 43,721 Task 104 - Project Management and Reporting 48 48 96 $ 31,202 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 31,202 Task 105 - Engineering and Procurement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105A -Blower Replacement Program 7 11 32 46 60 50 206 $ 46,534 $ - $ 8,800 $ 2,200 $ - $ 11,000 $ 57,534 105B - Influent Pump Station Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105C - Screw Press Redundancy Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105D - Grit Clasifier Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105E - UV Disinfection Rehabilitation 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105F - SCADA Computer Upgrades 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105G - Coating Repairs Project 38 30 48 76 116 124 6 438 $ 100,550 $ - $ - $ 5,500 $ - $ 5,500 $ 106,050 105H - Building Repairs and Improvements 4 8 20 20 6 58 $ 13,994 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 13,994 Task 106 - Construction or Installation Phase Support for Capital Improvements 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106A - Blower Replacement Program 6 16 40 40 40 8 150 $ 36,229 $ - $ 2,200 $ - $ - $ 2,200 $ 38,429 106B - Influent Pump Station Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106C - Screw Press Redundancy Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106D - Grit Clasifier Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106E - UV Disinfection Rehabilitation 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106F - SCADA Computer Upgrades 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106G - Coating Repairs Project 4 8 40 20 40 12 124 $ 29,463 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 29,463 Task 107 - Pretreatment Program Update and Chloride Source Control Management 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Subtotal 127 0 363 270 182 284 0 0 0 194 12 1432 $ 366,391 $ 6,000 $ 11,000 $ 7,700 $ - $ 24,700 $ 391,092 Task Group 200: WRF Advanced Treatment System Planning, Design, and Construction Phase Services Task 201 - Project Management, Meetings, and Quality Control 24 24 48 $ 15,601 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 15,601 Task 202 - Regulatory Support and Coordination 18 18 24 8 68 $ 19,808 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 19,808 Task 203 - Consultant Procurement and Technical Support 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 204 - Preliminary Engineering Report 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 205 - Contract Documents 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 206 - Assist with Grant and Loan Application 12 12 8 32 $ 9,972 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 9,972 Task 207 - Bid Phase Services 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 208 - Construction Phase Services 16 20 24 80 24 40 160 276 12 0 0 652 $ 152,282 $ 1,000 $ 3,000 $ 1,188 $ 99,000 $ 104,188 $ 256,470 Task 209 - Assistance with Brine Disposal Coordination 12 12 8 32 $ 9,972 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 9,972 Task 210 - Contractor Prequalification 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Subtotal 102 20 90 120 24 48 160 288 12 0 0 832 $ 207,637 $ 208,376 $ 3,000 $ 1,188 $ 99,000 $ 104,188 $ 311,823 Task Group 300: Stormwater Program Support
Task 301 - Ventura Countywide Stormwater Permit Compliance 2 130 208 340 $ 70,613 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 70,613 Task 302 - Ventura Countywide Stormwater WMP and CIMP Development 48 48 $ 10,539 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 10,539 Task 303 - TMDL Compliance 48 76 124 $ 25,664 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 25,664 Task 304 - Other State Water Resources Control Board and/or Regional Board Inquiries 2 16 6 24 $ 5,382 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,382 Subtotal 4 0 0 0 242 290 0 0 0 0 0 536 $ 112,199 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 112,198 Task Group 400: Water Program Support
Task 401 - DDW/DWR Compliance 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401A - 2025 Urban Water Management Plan Update 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401B - Annual Water Supply and Demand Assessment 2 12 16 4 34 $ 6,983 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 6,983 401C - Water Loss Audit 1 8 12 2 23 $ 4,727 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 4,727 401D - Water Loss Audit Validation 1 10 12 2 25 $ 5,166 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,166 401E - Development of Standard Operation Procedures for Water System 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 22,067 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 22,067 401F - Asset Management Software Support 2 8 24 34 4 72 $ 15,701 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 15,701 401G - Water Conservation 2 46 60 80 4 192 $ 44,638 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 44,638 401H - Drinking Water Program Reporting and DDW Compliance 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 22,067 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 22,067 401I - Meetings and Coordination with City Staff 2 20 22 4 48 $ 12,246 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 12,246 401J - Risk and Resiliency Plan Update 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401K - Emergency Response Plan Update 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 402 - Other SWRCB/DWR Inquiries 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 22,067 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 22,067 Subtotal 16 0 140 0 208 286 0 0 0 0 32 682 $ 155,660 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 155,662 Task Group 500: Integrated Regional Water Management Plan Support Task 501 - Engineering Support 2 22 24 $ 5,505 $ 148 $ - $ - $ - $ 148 $ 5,653 Subtotal 2 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 $ 5,505 $ 148 $ - $ - $ - $ 148 $ 5,653 TOTAL BUDGET 251 20 593 390 678 908 160 288 12 194 44 3506 $ 847,391 $ 214,524 $ 14,000 $ 8,888 $ 99,000 $ 129,036 $ 976,428 84 121 North Fir St., Ste. G
Ventura, CA 93001
805-947-4971 PHONE
June 5, 2025
Dale Goodman
Public Works Director
City of Santa Paula
PO Box 569
Santa Paula, CA 93061
Re: Proposal – FY 2025-2027 Water Recycling Facility Operations, Recycled Water, Stormwater and Water Program Support
Dear Dale,
Michael K. Nunley & Associates, Inc. (MKN) is pleased to submit this proposal to assist the City of Santa Paula (City). As directed, MKN has proposed to expand our services through 2028 to provide engineering support for the City’s drinking water regulatory compliance, water recycling facility (WRF) operations, stormwater regulatory compliance and regional coordination, and recycled water programs. The services to be provided under each program are briefly described below:

WRF Operations
MKN proposes to continue performing the following tasks related to ongoing operations of the WRF:
• As-needed support, including review of plans, recommendations, and capital expenditures proposed by the contract operations firm
• Review of budgets and expenditures for wastewater operations • Site visits and meetings as directed by City staff
• Completion of design, bid-phase, and construction management for implementation of Advanced Water Treatment Facility (AWTF) Phase I
• Regulatory compliance reporting and engineering support for the City’s stormwater and drinking water programs
85 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 2 This proposal considers years six through eight of a multi-year staff extension effort. In general, the work and budget conform to the budget from our previous budgets with some modifications. It is assumed this budget would cover services from July of 2025 through June of 2028.

All work is proposed to proceed on a Time and Materials basis. Assumed staff hours are provided on the enclosed budget spreadsheets for each task identified below.

AWTF Design and Construction Management
MKN will manage design and construction of the City’s AWTF in accordance with Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board requirements.

If authorized, MKN will perform the following services:
• Project management
• Final completion of plans, specifications, and cost opinions • Bid phase support
• Construction phase engineering support, observation, and materials testing Stormwater
MKN will serve as an “extension of staff”, participating in meetings and directing the City’s compliance efforts with the Ventura Countywide Stormwater Permit (R4-2010-108). This work will include the following services:
• Preparation and submittal of the Annual Report
• Regular coordination, briefings, and summary memoranda with recommendations for City staff • Review and recommendations for compliance with the State Water Resource Control Board’s (SWRCB) Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs) and TMDL Implementation Plans • Review of current compliance and implementation efforts for the Trash TMDL, including recommendations for installation of capture devices
• Review and coordination of responses to SWRCB notifications It is assumed this budget would cover services from July of 2025 through June of 2028.

Drinking Water
MKN will serve as an “extension of staff”, participating in meetings and directing the City’s compliance efforts with California Department of Water Resources (DWR) and SWRCB requirements, including the following services:
• Completion of 2025 Urban Water Management Plan
• Preparation and submittal of City water audit
86 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 3 • Preparation and submittal of certified City water audit validation • Engineering support for Consumer Confidence Report, Annual Report, and other Division of Drinking Water reports and submittals
• Engineering support for water conservation compliance and reports It is assumed this budget would cover services from July of 2025 through June of 2028.

Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
MKN will serve as an “extension of staff”, participating in meetings and coordinating the City’s involvement in the Integrated Regional Water Management Planning Group.

It is assumed this budget would cover services from July of 2025 through June of 2028.

SCOPE OF WORK
TASK GROUP 100 – WRF Operations Support
MKN will continue to serve as an extension of staff in support of the ongoing WRF operations. Work under Task Group 100 will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget not to be exceeded without written authorization from the City. It is assumed City staff will develop and lead biweekly meetings with VRSD, MKN, and City staff.

Tas k 101 – R eview of Recommendations and Propos ed Repair, R eplacement, and Capital E xpenditures
The WRF contract operator (Ventura Regional Sanitation District or VRSD) is required to request 3rd party verification of major capital expenditures, repairs, and replacement of equipment. A cost opinion will also be required for certain “non-emergency” work items prior to implementation by the operator.

When directed by the City, MKN will perform a review of cost opinions, 3rd party verification reports, and other supporting documentation and request additional information if warranted. MKN will provide a recommendation to City staff to accept, modify, or reject the proposed work item in writing.

Tas k 102 – R eview of Budgets , E xpenditures , and Payment R eques ts MKN will review the annual City budget and payment requests from VRSD as requested by the City. It is assumed City Public Works staff will coordinate with City Finance Department to confirm funding availability and to identify appropriate budgets or funds for projects.

Tas k 103 – Meetings , S ite Vis its , and Conference Calls As directed by City staff, MKN will plan and attend meetings, site visits, and conference calls with City and/or VRSD. It is assumed City staff will manage biweekly meeting agendas and prepare attachments including purchase order logs.
87 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 4 Tas k 104 – Project Management and R eporting
MKN will prepare monthly status reports outlining, at a minimum, accomplishments since the prior report, current status of performance such as cost and schedule performances, progress toward resolution of previously identified problems, problems or potential problems since prior report, planned corrective actions, and milestones expected to be reached during the next reporting period.

In addition, status of regulatory compliance activities or variances, as well as upcoming milestones, will be identified.

Tas k 105 – E ngineering and Procurement
As needed, MKN will prepare requests for proposals (RFPs) or bid documents for engineering, analytical, planning, permitting, or inspection services related to the WRF.

MKN will serve as Project Manager and Engineer of Record for the following projects:
• Blower Replacement Program Phases 2, 3, and 4
• Influent Pump Station Replacement
• Screw Press Redundancy
• Grit Classifier Replacement
Design services will include the following efforts
Project Management, Quality Control R eviews , and Meetings MKN will provide project management, quality control reviews, and attend one (1) progress meeting online with City staff for each project.

Cons truction Documents
MKN will provide a draft and final set of technical specifications, construction plans, and opinions of probable construction cost. All documents will be provided as electronic submittals in pdf format. Plans will be provided at half-size scale for distribution by the City for bidding. The Blower Replacement, Influent Pump Station Replacement, and Screw Press Redundancy Project will include electrical/ instrumentation design services by MSO Technologies and structural engineering by Buehler, Inc. They will both be subconsultants to MKN.

MKN will provide technical support and coordination of other City consultants and/or VRSD staff for the following projects:
• UV Disinfection Rehabilitation
• SCADA Computer Upgrades
• Coating Repairs Project
• Building Repairs and Improvements
88 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 5 Budgets were developed based on the 2024 Wastewater Master Plan (MKN) and meetings with City and VRSD staff.

Tas k 106 – Cons truction or Ins tallation Phas e S upport for Capital Improvements MKN- Led Project Management and Des ign
MKN will provide bid phase support, engineering services during construction, and part-time construction observation for the following projects which MKN is managing or serving as Engineer of Record:
• Blower Replacement Program Phases 1, 2, and 3 Influent Pump Station Replacement • Screw Press Redundancy
• Coating Repairs Project
MKN will perform the following tasks in support of this work.

Bid Phas e S upport
Where bidding of capital improvements or equipment is required, MKN will provide bid phase support to assist City with preparation for bid, questions during bid advertisement, and bid review. MKN will perform the following:
• Provide electronic plans and specifications for electronic and hard bid distribution (by others).

It is assumed City will contract with a local copy service for distribution of plans and specifications and receive weekly updates on the list of plan holders to provide to City. • Provide City with construction documents (electronic copies) • Organize and attend pre-bid job walk
• Respond to inquiries from bidders
• Receive bidders’ questions and coordinate responses with City, as required • Prepare addenda, if required
• Assist the City in bid review
• Provide recommendations on successful bidder award
• Assist City in resolving bid protests (if necessary – budget to be determined at that time) • Attend City Council meeting to present recommendations on bid award The following engineering services during construction will be provided. Assumptions are included as the basis for the budget.

Precons truction Meeting
MKN will plan and attend a meeting with the City and the Contractor to review the project status, discuss schedule and project requirements, and establish lines of communication. 89 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 6 S ubmittal Review
MKN will receive, log, and review technical submittals and provide responses in a timely manner.

R es pond to R FIs
MKN will log, manage, and respond to Requests for Information (RFIs) from the Contractor.

R es pond to R eques ts for Change
As directed by City, MKN will review proposed change orders related to design issues submitted by the Contractor or requested by the City. Change order submittals will include supporting records. MKN’s review will include the potential impacts on the project schedule and budget and will include recommendations to address the proposed changes.

E ngineer’s Obs ervation of Work in Progres s
MKN will perform technical field observation to review work progress for general conformance with the plans and specifications and design issues or conflicts as they arise.

MKN will provide a written summary of the field visit and construction progress and will contact City immediately if nonconformance issues are identified.

Overall level of effort for observation of Contractor’s work in progress can vary greatly. If additional field observation beyond our assumed budget is necessary, MKN will alert the City promptly with a recommendation on how to proceed.

Final Walkthrough and Punch Lis t
MKN will attend a final walkthrough with City and contractor to develop a punch list for final completion of the project.

R ecord Drawings
MKN will prepare a final set of record drawings based on the Contractor’s as-built drawings.

MKN as Cons truction Phas e S upport
For the following tasks, MKN will provide as-needed technical support to coordinate with City consultants and/or VRSD during project construction:
• UV Disinfection Rehabilitation
• SCADA Computer Upgrades
ADDITIONAL S E R VICES (TAS K GROUP 100)
The following services will not be included in Task Group 100 but could be included as additional services:
• Construction or installation phase support for the grit classifier project Electrical engineering; • Structural engineering;
• Controls/instrumentation engineering and systems integration; 90 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 7 • Design phase survey or topographic mapping;
• Construction survey and staking;
• Materials testing;
• Special inspections;
• Labor compliance monitoring;
• Environmental monitoring; and
• Permit compliance.

MKN can provide these services upon request.

TASK GROUP 200 – AWTF Design and Construction Phase Services MKN will continue planning, design, and construction phase services for the City’s Advanced Water Treatment Facility in accordance with Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board requirements. Tasks are identified below. Work under Task Group 200 will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget total not to be exceeded without written authorization from the City. This project is a Capital Improvement Project that extends across several years. Budget from the 2024-2025 fiscal year will extend into the 2025-2026 fiscal year. Additional budget is requested for tasks identified on the attached fiscal year spreadsheets.

Tas k 201 – Project Management, Meetings , and Quality Control MKN will provide the following services under this task group. Additional budget is requested for these items as identified on the attached spreadsheets. The general project management effort will reduce each year as the project proceeds to construction.

S ubtas k 201A – Client Coordination and Progres s R eports MKN will regularly coordinate with City staff, provide two (2) City Council reports, and provide brief monthly progress reports, via email, with invoices.

S ubtas k 201B – Project S chedule
MKN will prepare a project schedule in Microsoft Project format and will maintain the schedule throughout completion of the project.

S ubtas k 201C – Quality Control
MKN will perform quality control reviews of all deliverables prior to submitting to the City. A Senior Engineer or Principal Engineer who is not involved in the day-to-day design effort will perform an independent review of the project.

S ubtas k 201D – Phas e 1 S ite Meeting (Completed under FY 24/25 Budget) …
91 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 8 S ubtas k 201E – Progres s Meetings
MKN will attend up to three (3) design-phase progress meetings. The following meetings are assumed for the purposes of this proposal. We assume these meetings will be online unless in-person is specified below. Additional conference calls or phone meetings will be arranged on an as-needed basis as part of coordinating the project work.
• Two meetings related to RWQCB and financial planning coordination for the project; • One meeting after the draft final design submittal.

Tas k 202 – R egulatory S upport and Coordination
MKN will assist with regulatory support, largely focused on coordination between the City, the Regional Water Quality Control Board, and the City’s WRF Regulatory Consultant (Larry Walker Associates, “LWA”). Additional budget is requested as noted on the attached spreadsheets due to the ongoing chloride monitoring efforts and anticipated reporting to RWQCB which will be necessary at the end of project construction.

Tas k 203 – AWTF Cons ultant Procurement and Technical S upport MKN will provide technical support needed for the financial consultant, and assist City staff with consultant coordination.

Tas k 204 – Preliminary E ngineering R eport (Completed under FY 24/25 B udget) …
Tas k 205 – Contract Documents
The 60% design has progressed under the Fiscal Year 24/25 budget and some work is remaining to address City and operator comments
Additionally, MKN will prepare construction plans and specifications and provide two (2) progress submittals (Draft Final and Final). MKN’s design team includes Trussell Technologies, Buehler Engineering (Buehler) for structural engineering, and MSO Technologies for electrical engineering and controls. It is assumed that the City will provide front-end documents to MKN for modification and inclusion into the bid package and that MKN will prepare technical specifications in CSI format. Plans will be prepared in AutoCAD. The City staff and City Building Department will review the contents of each submittal and provide comments for incorporation into the subsequent submittal. An opinion of probable construction costs will be prepared to accompany each submittal.

During the preliminary engineering phase, our design team encountered aspects of the project which required a higher level of effort than what was budgeted for. These project elements are essential to allow for optimal operation of the proposed treatment processes. The additional scope of work is as follows:
• Addition of horizontal cartridge filtration to protect downstream membranes. Horizontal cartridge filters were moved outside to provide ease of access for operations staff for anticipated quarterly change-outs of several 5-micron filter elements. 92 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 9 • Addition of degasification (via an air stripping tower) to reduce carbon dioxide in the finished product water. This addition resulted in necessary changes to the overall site plan, including relocation of the reaction tanks and clarifier from the east side of the building to the north side. This relocation results in a slight increase to the overall site footprint and reconfiguration of the existing building design. The portion of the building housing the reaction tanks and clarifier will be relocated and redesigned as a shade structure rather than an extension of the building for value engineering purposes.
• Addition of a product water pump station to transfer product water from the new air stripping tower to the existing WRF effluent pipeline.
• Modification to the hypochlorite system and addition of an ammonia storage and injection system to provide chloramination upstream of nanofiltration to prevent biofouling. • Modification of the brine storage area to include two tanks and a brine pumping system. • Structural and site civil modifications related to the above items.

S ubtas k 205A – 60 Percent S ubmittal (As s umed Completed under FY 24/25 Budget) MKN will continue to address items discussed at the first review workshop and make revisions to the draft plans.

S ubtas k 205B – Operator Works hop & Coordination
MKN will engage operation staff to review draft drawings and equipment decisions as the project proceeds. This may include online or in-person meetings.

S ubtas k 205C – 95% S ubmittal
Submittal will include the following items (electronic copy in PDF format):
• Revised full size (22” x 34”) drawings
• Draft front-end documents (Division 00 provided by City) • Revised technical specifications (Divisions 02 to 44) • Revised opinion of probable construction costs
Due to the proposed design modifications as noted in task 205, additional efforts will be needed under this subtask due to the increased number of plansheets, addition of new specifications, and additional design team coordination.

S ubtas k 205D – Final S ubmittal
Submittal will include the following items (electronic copies in PDF, MS Word, and AutoCAD formats) • Final full-size (22” x 34”) drawings
• Completed front-end documents (Division 00 provided by City) • Final technical specifications (Divisions 02 to 44)
• Final opinion of probable construction cost
93 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 10 Due to the proposed design modifications as noted in task 205, additional efforts will be needed under this subtask due to the increased number of plansheets, addition of new specifications, and additional design team coordination.

A total of 104 hours is requested for draft and final submittals under Subtasks 205C and 205D.

Tas k 206A – Grant R es earch (Completed)
…
Tas k 206B – CWS R F Loan Application and Coordination
MKN has been preparing quarterly updated to SRF to keep the funding agreement active, which was not in the scope for this (previously completed) subtask. Estimated effort includes quarterly reports for the duration of time between the date of this amendment and project completion, as well as a project completion report. Additional budget is requested to support the City’s ongoing efforts to inform RWQCB.

Tas k 207 – B id Phas e S ervices
MKN will provide bid phase support to assist the City with preparation for bid, questions during bid advertisement, and bid review. MKN will provide the following:
• Provide electronic plans and specifications for electronic bid distribution (by others). • Provide City with construction documents (electronic copies). • Organize and attend pre-bid job walk.
• Respond to inquiries from bidders.
• Receive bidders’ questions and coordinate responses with City, as required. • Prepare addenda, if required.
• Assist the City in bid review.
• Provide recommendations on successful bidder award.
• Assist the City in resolving bid protests (if necessary – budget to be determined at that time). • Attend City Council meeting to present recommendations on bid award.

We recommend a budget of 188 hours for completion of this task. The budget for this task was previously reallocated for design modifications due to the AWTF design refinement study, the purpose of this amendment is to request additional funds for the completion of this task per our original scope of work.

Tas k 208 – Cons truction Phas e S ervices
MKN will perform the following services during construction phase of the AWTF Phase I Improvements. The original budget for construction management was utilized for Phase I project design and project management. Therefore, additional budget is requested for this work. 94 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 11 S ubtas k 208A – Precons truction Meeting
MKN will organize a comprehensive preconstruction meeting that brings together City representatives, contractors, subcontractors, and key stakeholders. This meeting will cover all necessary aspects, such as scope clarification, role assignments, and responsibilities for each party.

MKN will establish communication protocols, set expectations for documentation submissions, and outline decision-making procedures. Emergency contacts for each party will also be documented for quick issue resolution. An agenda will be provided to the City before the meeting, and detailed meeting minutes will be distributed afterward to ensure transparency and record of agreements.

S ubtas k 208B – S ubmittal R eview
MKN will maintain a log of, manage, and review shop drawings and submittals and provide responses.

Submittals will be circulated to the City for review where applicable. It is anticipated that up to 150 submittals will be received. It is assumed that no more than one original submittal will be received, and that no more than 50 (total) conforming resubmittals will be required out of the 150 submittals.

S ubtas k 208C – R es pond to R FIs
MKN will maintain a log of, manage, review, and responded to Contractor RFIs. Our budget is based on reviewing and responding to up to 100 RFIs.

S ubtas k 208D – R es pond to R eques ts for Change Orders MKN will review eight (8) change order requests from the contractor and provide a recommendation to the City.

S ubtas k 208E – Engineer’s Obs ervation of Work in Progres s The Design Engineer will perform periodic site visits to review work in progress. We assume twwenty-four (24) site visits during construction.

S ubtas k 208F – S tartup S upport
MKN and our subconsultant, Trussell Technologies, Inc., will perform the following services:
• Review Plant Checkout Plan from Contractor and provide comments • Review Commissioning activitiesand documentation to ensure Gradiant provided unit processes have satisfactorily passed the Plant Checkout Plan and are ready for performance testing
• Provide enhanced training beyond vendor training, such as hands-on training for City operations staff during startup and comissioning to help operations staff develop key SOPs (up to five (5) 1-day visits)
• Witness performance test (5 out of 14 days) (5 visits) • Review performance test completion report to ensure compliance with specs 95 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 12 S ubtas k 208G – R ecord Drawings
MKN will receive the Contractor’s redlines and review for completeness and accuracy based on observation reports, photos, RFIs and approved change orders. Redlines will be then be developed into Record Drawings using AutoCAD.

S ubtas k 208H – Cons truction Management and Obs ervation MKN will assign a dedicated on-site resident engineer (RE) and inspectors to manage construction operations with a focus on quality assurance and contract compliance. The RE and inspectors will oversee every phase of the construction, from mobilization through project closeout, coordinating the flow of documentation, monitoring contractor compliance, and facilitating communication between all stakeholders. MKN will serve as the primary liaison between the City, contractor, and subcontractors to ensure smooth project execution, timely response to issues, and overall project success. The budget was developed assuming 18 months of full-time project representation. The scope of work under this task is as follows:

Daily Inspection Diaries
The on-site inspector will maintain daily logs using Procore to provide a thorough record of all construction activities. This includes weather conditions, personnel counts, equipment usage, subcontractor presence, key discussions with the contractor, material deliveries, and any construction issues encountered. These diaries serve as both a real-time account and a historical record, aiding in resolving disputes or reviewing previous decisions and ensuring accountability.

Photo Record Maintenance
MKN will document construction progress by taking routine photos to capture each stage, including milestone completions, installations, and areas of concern. These images will be stored digitally in Procore and shared with the City at regular intervals, providing visual proof of ongoing work and serving as a critical reference for dispute resolution or future project reviews.

Record Drawing Maintenance
MKN will closely monitor and regularly update the contractor’s record drawings, which capture modifications made during construction. This set will be continually reviewed to ensure accuracy, and MKN will keep an independent As-Built drawing set to present a complete and accurate record at project closeout, giving the City a reliable basis for future maintenance.

Special Inspections
For project areas that require specialized inspection beyond standard construction oversight, such as geotechnical testing, structural steel work, or concrete integrity, MKN will identify these needs, coordinate with expert subconsultants, and schedule the inspections. MKN’s role is to ensure compliance with safety and quality standards, making sure that all special requirements are fulfilled and documented.
96 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 13 Document Control
MKN will implement Procore project management software to manage project documentation efficiently. This includes handling contractor submittals, RFIs, shop drawings, and other key documents. MKN will coordinate between the contractor, City, and design team to maintain document flow, keeping responses timely to avoid delays and ensuring that all documentation is properly tracked, documented, and communicated to relevant parties.

Schedule Review
MKN will review the contractor’s baseline schedule, as well as monthly updates, to confirm compliance with contractual requirements. This includes checking milestone dates, critical paths, and overall project timelines. By closely monitoring the contractor’s progress and identifying any potential delays, MKN can flag issues early and propose solutions to mitigate schedule risks.

Pay Request Processing
MKN will meticulously review monthly pay requests submitted by the contractor, ensuring that claimed work aligns with contract terms. This includes verifying work quantities, percentage completion, and supporting documents. MKN’s recommendations will be forwarded to the City for approval, ensuring that payments align with project progress and City procedures.

Change Order Review
MKN will assist in analyzing change order requests from the contractor, evaluating the necessity, impact on budget and schedule, and accuracy of the request. MKN will provide recommendations to the City and track any associated time-and-material work, ensuring that costs are well documented and controlled to prevent budget overruns.

Progress Meetings
MKN will hold weekly or as-needed progress meetings to discuss project status, review safety and quality protocols, track submittal and RFI statuses, and address outstanding issues. MKN will create and distribute minutes, documenting decisions and assigning follow-up tasks, facilitating transparency, accountability, and prompt issue resolution.

Verification of Material and Equipment
As materials and equipment arrive on-site, MKN will conduct inspections to confirm they match contract specifications and approved submittals. This proactive verification prevents the use of noncompliant materials, ensuring the quality and integrity of the project while avoiding potential rework or delays.

Quality Assurance
MKN will perform regular inspections of construction work to confirm adherence to quality standards as specified in the contract. MKN will ensure that materials, workmanship, and adherence to design specifications meet project expectations, and any identified deficiencies will be documented and addressed by the contractor to maintain quality.
97 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 14 Acceptance/Performance Testing
MKN will coordinate testing and acceptance protocols to verify that systems and equipment meet the contract, industry standards, and regulatory codes. This includes functional testing of systems like HVAC, plumbing, and electrical, and MKN will oversee these tests to confirm that each system operates as designed prior to final project acceptance.

Project Closeout
MKN will oversee the project closeout process, making sure all tasks are completed to the City’s satisfaction. This includes conducting final inspections, resolving punch list items, and submitting all necessary documentation (such as warranties and O&M manuals). MKN will coordinate closely with the contractor to ensure a seamless transition from construction to project handover.

Punch List Inspection
As the project nears completion, MKN will perform a punch list inspection to document any remaining deficiencies or incomplete items. The list will be provided to the contractor for corrective action, and MKN will re-inspect to confirm completion, ensuring a fully satisfactory project closeout.

O&M Manual and Warranty Coordination
MKN will coordinate the compilation and verification of operation and maintenance (O&M) manuals and warranty documents from the contractor, ensuring compliance with specifications. This documentation is essential for the City’s long-term project maintenance and operations, providing comprehensive guidance and coverage for future needs.

Operator Training
MKN will verify that training sessions for new systems and equipment meet contract requirements.

Working with contractors and vendors, MKN will arrange and oversee training sessions to ensure City staff are fully prepared to operate and maintain new systems effectively.

Startup and Commissioning
MKN will coordinate the start-up and commissioning of new facilities and equipment, overseeing testing, adjustments, and troubleshooting. This phase ensures systems are calibrated and functioning as intended before final handover, addressing any operational issues in collaboration with contractors, vendors, and City staff.

Closeout
Following project completion, MKN will conduct a final inspection, review all project documentation, and submit a closeout package to the City. This package will include final invoices, reports, and relevant closure documents, and MKN will recommend final acceptance of the project to the City, confirming satisfactory completion of all work.

Final Report
MKN will prepare a comprehensive final report summarizing all project aspects, including:
98 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 15 • Total costs (including bids, change orders, and resolved claims) • Key project dates (from bid opening to final completion) • A breakdown of working and non-working days, weather delays, and schedule impacts • Analysis of major issues, challenges, and accomplishments • The final acceptance form for the City’s records, providing a thorough project closure summary.

Refer to Exhibit B for a detailed breakdown of manhours estimated for this task. The budget for this task was previously reallocated for design modifications due to the AWTF design refinement study, the purpose of this amendment is to request additional funds for the completion of this task per our original scope of work.

Tas k 209 – As s is t with B rine Dis pos al Coordination MKN will continue to support the City’s efforts to identify suitable locations and determining approval requirements to discharge brine generated from the AWTF. This will include meetings and responses to requests for information from staff at potential receiving facilities. Additional budget is requested for this ongoing effort.

Tas k 210 – AWTF Contractor Prequalification
MKN is performing a new Contractor Prequalification effort (due to the time that has passed since the original prequalification in 2021). MKN has utilized the previously prepared prequalification package, updating the documents as needed to reflect the current project. The prequalification package was released in May of 2025 but response to contractors, review of submittals, and recommendations to the City will be included in FY 2025-2026. This scope currently includes:
• Internal quality control review by a principal or senior engineer not currently involved in the project (Completed)
• Coordination with City staff for advertisement (Completed) • Response to RFIs and development of addenda (up to two are assumed). • Reviewing and documenting the information received and providing City staff with summary tables to frame discussions, final evaluations, and scoring. • Development of recommendations for list of prequalified contractors.

Tas k 211 – AWTF Architectural R enderings (Completed)
ADDITIONAL S E R VICES (TAS K GROUP 200)
The following services will not be included in Task Group 200 but could be included as additional services:
• Groundwater modeling
• Property research, including easement/purchase negotiation • Permitting and/or development of CEQA documents
99 DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 16 • Bid advertisement, maintenance of plan holders list
• Environmental or cultural monitoring
• Mitigation of contaminated soils
• Utility potholing
• Assessment of existing generator capacity, and/or design of backup generator for recycled water system
TASK GROUP 300 – Stormwater Program Support
MKN will provide engineering services in support of the City’s stormwater program. Work under Task Group 300 will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget total not to exceed without written authorization from the City.

Tas k 301 – Ventura Countywide S tormwater Permit (R 4- 2010- 0108) Compliance and Coordination
MKN will perform the following services:
• Coordination and submittal of City’s data for Annual Report to VCWPD • Monthly meeting of Ventura Countywide Stormwater Management Committee – Attend meetings as necessary (Committee meets monthly). Prepare short briefing memo following each meeting
• Regular coordination and briefing to City staff on Program issues • Review existing City’s Stormwater Program Best Management Practices, and inspection programs, and provide recommendations on current efforts to remain in compliance with Permit
• Coordinate any mandatory training(s)
• Prepare presentation(s) (and present if requested) to City Council • As-needed consulting assistance regarding the Stormwater Program’s compliance with Federal and State requirements
• Provide a quarterly briefing on current state of affairs at the regional, state and national level Tas k 302 – Ventura Countywide S tormwater Permit WMP Coordination MKN will perform the following services:
• Review and provide analysis of Orders, Fact Sheets, Monitoring Programs, and correspondence issued by the RWQCB-LA
• Coordinate efforts with Ventura Countywide Stormwater Program (and attend necessary meetings) on behalf of the City to implement the WMP and the requirements of the 2021 Regional MS4 Permit.
• Review and provide summary memo on implications to City of WMP adoption. Draft City comment letter if requested.
100
DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 17 Tas k 303 – TMDL Compliance
MKN will perform the following services:
• Review applicable City TMDLs, and TMDL Implementation Plans. Prepare memo(s) with summary of issues of TMDL implications to City.
• SWRCB Trash TMDL. Review current compliance and implement efforts (including identified catch basins identified for installation of full capture devices) and provide recommendations.

Tas k 304 – R es pons e to Other S tate Water Res ources Control Board and/or Regional B oard Inquiries
If requested, review and provide analysis of SWRCB and/or RWQCB correspondence, inquires, and initiatives received by the City.

TASK GROUP 400 – Drinking Water Program Support
MKN will provide engineering services in support of the City’s drinking water program. Work under Task Group 400 will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget total not to exceed without written authorization from the City.

Tas k 401 – Divis ion of Drinking Water/ Department of Water R es ources Compliance S ubtas k 401A – 2025 Urban Water Management Plan Update Data Collection and Review: A kickoff meeting will be held with City staff to discuss the project approach, review changes since 2020, discuss communications protocols and public outreach, and review the proposed schedule. At this meeting, any new DWR documents that have been released will be discussed. MKN will also provide City with a preliminary data needs list to assist staff with gathering pertinent records. A list of agencies to be notified will be prepared and draft contact letters will be provided for District staff after the meeting.

UWMP Update: Each chapter of the City’s 2020 UWMP will be updated and formatted for the 2025 update (based on the 2025 UWMP Guidebook). Changes to the UWMP will consist of reorganization of chapters, updates to the more general chapters (e.g., system description, plan preparation, etc.) and changes to the more specific chapters (e.g., supplies, demands, baselines, reliability, etc.) to meet current guidelines. It is assumed guidelines will be consistent with 2020requirements. If guidelines change and require more effort than budgeted herein, MKN will notify the City to discuss budget augmentation or receive direction. All data will be input into the DWR-furnished UWMP and SBX7-7 tables.

Based on the 2020 UWMP and updated information provided by City, MKN will prepare an administrative draft of the 2025 UWMP for review and comment by City staff. MKN will attend an administrative draft review meeting with City staff prior to the scheduled board meeting identified below.

Public Review and Final UWMP: Comments from review of the administrative draft will be incorporated in a Public Review Draft for release during a public hearing (or Council meeting as 101
DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 18 described below). MKN will attend the public hearing and assist City in addressing any comments received. The UWMP will be finalized, uploaded to Department of Water Resources’ WUEdata web portal, and made available as required under the Code. It is assumed MKN will provide a cameraready draft and pdfs to City and/or a copy center for production of bound copies.

Meetings: MKN will coordinate and attend a meeting with City staff to initiate this work. MKN will prepare and provide a draft agenda at least one (1) business day before the meeting. Topics covered will include scope of work, a preliminary list of data needs, project schedule, project deliverables and review.

MKN will attend one (1) review meeting after the District has completed their review of the administrative draft UWMP.

MKN will plan and attend meetings with neighboring and partnering agencies as required for UWMP development. MKN will work with City staff to identify the appropriate agencies. Twenty-four (24) hours have been budgeted for agency coordination meetings.

MKN will attend one (1) Council meeting to present the public draft UWMP. MKN will attend a second Council meeting for adoption of the 2020 UWMP update and be available to respond to any questions.

S ubtas k 401B – Water Los s Audit
Each year, MKN will perform a water loss audit for the City using the American Water Works Association (AWWA) Excel-based water audit software. MKN will provide required submittals to the California Department of Water Resources each year.

The following information will be required from the City to prepare the audit:

1. Supply from own sources consisting of monthly potable water production (should not include raw water sources) as documented by supply meters or other means

2. Supply imported/exported per connection on a monthly basis (if applicable)

3. Supply meter accuracy and calibration testing (if conducted)

4. Customer consumption records consisting of monthly consumption by user types

5. The following information is also recommended if available:
o Customer meter accuracy and calibration testing (if conducted) Customer meter inaccuracy derivation
o Average operating pressure derivation
o Customer retail unit cost derivation
o Variable production cost derivation
MKN will prepare a draft version of the spreadsheet for City review and will then prepare a final spreadsheet and submit to DWR.

Deliverables:
• Draft AWWA Excel-based water loss spreadsheet
102
DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 19 • Final AWWA Excel-based water loss spreadsheet
S ubtas k 401C – Water Los s Audit Validation
MKN will assign a certified water loss audit validator to review the Water Loss Audit and complete and submit the validation report to. Work efforts are described below.

Preliminary Water Audit Documentation Review: To complete a Level 1 Water Loss Audit Validation, the certified validator will review the information used to develop the Audit.

MKN will review/compare the preliminary AWWA water loss audit (calendar year 2018) to the supporting information described above. Data inputs and data validity grades (DVG) in the AWWA water loss audit software will be reviewed and documented for consistency with the required supporting and supplemental information. The following performance indicators (included in the AWWA spreadsheet once an audit is completed) will be reviewed and compared to the AWWA Manual M36 guidelines:
• Non-Revenue Water as a percent by cost of operating the system • Real losses (service connection/day, length of main/day, service connection/day/PSI) • Infrastructure Leakage index
A listing of the data received and copies of the supporting and supplemental information provided will be included in a summary memorandum.

Water Loss Audit Interview: Based on the information provided/reviewed in Task 1, MKN will develop a draft of the Level 1 Validation Summary Notes (based on available information provided), which will be discussed during the water loss audit validation interview. The certified MKN validator will schedule a time with City and MKN staff involved in preparing the water loss audit either via onsite meeting or teleconference. Following the meeting there maybe additional information and/or clarification requested to complete the water loss audit validation. MKN will identify any additional requirements and assumes that the City will be able to provide comments within two weeks following the interview.

Preparation of Validated Water Loss Audit and Report: Following the water loss audit interview, MKN will prepare the final validation documentation and provide it to the City to submit to DWR. Reports are required to be submitted on or before October 1 annually, using DWR's WUEdata portal located at:
https://wuedata.water.ca.gov/secure. MKN will prepare a summary memorandum documenting the supporting and supplemental information provided, results of the water loss audit interview, and required submittal items for DWR.

Deliverables:
• 2018 Water Loss Audit Summary Memorandum
• Level 1 Validation Summary Notes (submitted to purveyor) • Validated AWWA Water Loss Audit (submitted to DWR)
• Certified Validation Report (submitted to DWR)
103
DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 20 S ubtas k 401D – Water Cons ervation
MKN will assist the City with compliance with California Water Conservation Act (SB7x-7; Water Code 10608, 10631, and 10800) regarding urban water use targets. MKN will also provide assistance with preparation of the City’s 20x2020 analysis.

A budget of 8 hours per month is requested for a total of 96 hours per year.

S ubtas k 401E – Drinking Water Program R eporting and Divis ion of Drinking Water (DDW) Compliance MKN will perform the following tasks:
• Assistance with preparation of monthly, quarterly, and annual reports including, but not limited to Consumer Confidence, Annual Operations, Production, Coliform, and Iron and Manganese Reports.
• Review current Standard Operations Procedures and provide recommendations.

A budget of 8 hours per month is requested for a total of 96 hours per year.

S ubtas k 401F – Meetings and Coordination with City s taff MKN will perform the following tasks:
• Regular coordination and briefing to City staff on Program issues. • Coordinate any mandatory training(s).
• Prepare presentations (and present if requested) to City Council. • As-needed consulting assistance regarding the Water Program’s compliance with Federal and State requirements.

A budget of 4 hours per month is requested for a total of 48 hours per year.

Tas k 402 – Other S tate Water Res ources Control B oard and/or California Department of Water Res ources Inquiries
If requested, review and provide analysis of SWRCB and/or DWR correspondence, inquiries and initiatives received by the City.

A budget of 2 hours per month is requested for a total of 24 hours per year.

TASK GROUP 500 – Integrated Regional Water Management Program MKN will research, attend meetings, coordinate and provide recommendations for opportunities for the City to participate in the Watersheds Coalition of Ventura County and the State of California’s Integrated Regional Water Management Plan program to assist the City’s stormwater, water and water conservation programs.

A budget of 4 hours per month is requested for a total of 48 hours per year. Work under Task Group 500 will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget total not to exceed without written authorization from the City.
104
DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 21 Assumptions
MKN shall be entitled to rely reasonably upon the accuracy of data and information provided by or through the City and will use good professional judgment in reviewing and evaluating such information. If MKN identifies any error or inaccuracy in data or information provided by or through City, or determines that additional data or information is needed to perform the services, MKN shall promptly notify the client.

MKN will provide data requests to City as needs arise.

Estimated Fee
Table 1 summarizes the budget for our fee for all tasks identified above. Tasks 105 and 106 and Task Group 200 are multi-year Capital Improvement Projects for the City. At the end of each fiscal year, amounts remaining in these budgets are expected to roll into the subsequent year if work extends across fiscal years. Task Group 200 will also have budget remaining from FY 24/25 that will be utilized in FY 25/26 as shown in the table below. The amount shown is a projection but will be finalized after our fees are invoiced through June 30, 2025.

It is assumed the fee schedule will be adjusted by 3% per year on July 1st for each fiscal year. Work will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget total not to exceed without written authorization from the City.
105
DALE GOODMAN | CITY OF SANTA PAULA
WRF 2025-2028 WATER RECYCLING FACILITY OPERATIONS,
RECYCLED WATER, STORMWATER, AND DRINKING WATER SUPPORT | 22 Task Group Budget
Remaining to
be Rolled
Over from
2024/25 (as of
5/1/2025)*
2025/26 2026/27 2027/28
100 – WRF Operations Support -- $669,148 $408,645 $391,092 200 – AWTF Design and
Construction Management
$597,745 $917,901 $1,333,562 $311,823
300 – Stormwater Program
Support
-- $110,814 $107,883 $112,198
400 – Drinking Water Program
Support
-- $154,516 $91,849 $155,662
500 – Integrated Regional Water
Management Plan
-- $5,090 $5,442 $5,653
Subtotal Tasks 100, 300, 400,
500
-- $939,568 $613,819 $664,605
Subtotal Task 200 (2025/26
includes Rollover + Amendment)
$1,515,646 $1,333,562 $311,823
Total $2,455,214 $1,947,381 $976,428
*The budget remaining will be adjusted after invoicing through the end of June, 2025.

A detailed estimate of hours and estimated other direct costs (ODCs) is provided on the attached tables.

We hope this proposal meets your expectations and look forward to continuing our work with you and the City.

Sincerely,
Michael K. Nunley, PE
Program Director
Enclosures:
• Detailed Budget with Manhour Breakdown
106
City of Santa Paula
WRF Operation, Recycled Water, Stormwater, and Drinking Water Support FY 25/26 Project Director Construction Project Manager Principal Engineer Senior Engineer II Project Engineer I Assistant Engineer II Resident Engineer Construction Inspector Scheduler Senior Designer Administrative Assistant Total Hours (MKN) Labor (MKN) ODCs (MKN) Materials Testing Supplemental Inspection MSO Buehler Trussell Non-Labor Costs Total Fee Hourly Rates 312 256 289 251 203 184 215 200 185 185 113 Task Group 100: WRF Operations Support
Task 101 - Review Recommendations and Proposed Repair, Replacement, and Capital Expenditures 48 45 8 101 $ 26,639 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 26,639 Task 102 - Review Budgets, Expenditures, and Payment Requests 120 120 $ 34,680 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 34,680 Task 103 - Meetings, Site Visits, and Conference Calls 30 60 45 135 $ 37,995 $ 6,000 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 6,000 $ 43,995 Task 104 - Project Management and Reporting 48 48 96 $ 28,848 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 28,848 Task 105 - Engineering and Procurement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105A -Blower Replacement Program 7 11 32 46 60 56 212 $ 44,133 $ - $ - $ - $ 8,800 $ 2,200 $ - $ 11,000 $ 55,133 105B - Influent Pump Station Replacement 51 54 128 119 234 156 6 748 $ 160,397 $ 2,000 $ - $ - $ 33,000 $ 22,000 $ - $ 57,000 $ 217,397 105C - Screw Press Redundancy Project 48 48 94 86 176 128 6 586 $ 126,642 $ 2,000 $ - $ - $ 26,950 $ 19,250 $ - $ 48,200 $ 174,842 105D - Grit Clasifier Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105E - UV Disinfection Rehabilitation 2 4 16 20 2 44 $ 9,702 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 9,702 105F - SCADA Computer Upgrades 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105G - Coating Repairs Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105H - Building Repairs and Improvements 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 106 - Construction or Installation Phase Support for Capital Improvements 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106A - Blower Replacement Program 6 16 40 40 80 8 190 $ 40,856 $ - $ - $ - $ 2,200 $ - $ - $ 2,200 $ 43,056 106B - Influent Pump Station Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106C - Screw Press Redundancy Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106D - Grit Clasifier Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106E - UV Disinfection Rehabilitation 16 8 24 $ 5,488 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,488 106F - SCADA Computer Upgrades 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106G - Coating Repairs Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 107 - Pretreatment Program Update and Chloride Source Control Management 8 80 32 8 128 $ 29,368 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 29,368 Subtotal 200 0 409 496 291 618 0 0 0 348 22 2256 $ 544,748 $ 10,000 $ - $ - $ 70,950 $ 43,450 $ - $ 124,400 $ 669,148 Task Group 200: WRF Advanced Treatment System Planning, Design, and Construction Phase Services Task 201 - Project Management, Meetings, and Quality Control 40 40 16 96 $ 25,848 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 25,848 Task 202 - Regulatory Support and Coordination 24 24 48 $ 14,424 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 14,424 Task 203 - Consultant Procurement and Technical Support 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 204 - Preliminary Engineering Report 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 205 - Contract Documents 16 0 0 32 16 16 0 0 0 20 4 104 $ 23,368 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 23,368 Task 206 - Assist with Grant and Loan Application 24 0 24 24 0 40 0 0 0 0 0 112 $ 27,808 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 27,808 Task 207 - Bid Phase Services 20 0 0 48 36 52 0 0 0 24 8 188 $ 40,508 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 40,508 Task 208 - Construction Phase Services 36 64 128 164 80 320 616 1036 20 0 0 2464 $ 524,232 $ 24,000 $ 90,000 $ 37,500 $ 38,210 $ 35,640 $ 16,500 $ 241,850 $ 766,082 Task 209 - Assistance with Brine Disposal Coordination 24 24 12 12 72 $ 19,872 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 19,872 Task 210 - Contractor Prequalification 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Subtotal 248 64 240 280 144 428 616 1056 20 44 28 3084 $ 676,060 $ 24,000 $ 90,000 $ 37,500 $ 38,210 $ 35,640 $ 16,500 $ 241,850 $ 917,910 Task Group 300: Stormwater Program Support
Task 301 - Ventura Countywide Stormwater Permit Compliance 2 130 208 340 $ 65,286 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 65,286 Task 302 - Ventura Countywide Stormwater WMP Coordination 72 12 84 $ 16,824 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 16,824 Task 303 - TMDL Compliance 48 76 124 $ 23,728 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 23,728 Task 304 - Other State Water Resources Control Board and/or Regional Board Inquiries 2 16 6 24 $ 4,976 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 4,976 Subtotal 4 0 0 0 266 302 0 0 0 0 0 572 $ 110,814 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 110,814 Task Group 400: Water Program Support
Task 401 - DDW/DWR Compliance 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401A - 2025 Urban Water Management Plan Update 12 66 86 144 6 314 $ 67,450 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 67,450 401B - Annual Water Supply and Demand Assessment 2 12 16 4 34 $ 6,456 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 6,456 401C - Water Loss Audit 1 8 12 2 23 $ 4,370 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 4,370 401D - Water Loss Audit Validation 1 10 12 2 25 $ 4,776 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 4,776 401E - Drinking Water Program Reporting and DDW Compliance 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 20,402 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 20,402 401F - Meetings and Coordination with City Staff 2 20 22 4 48 $ 11,322 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 11,322 401G - Risk and Resiliency Plan Update 1 34 44 8 87 $ 19,138 $ 200 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 200 $ 19,338 401H - Emergency Response Plan Update 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 402 - Other SWRCB/DWR Inquiries 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 20,402 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 20,402 Subtotal 23 0 164 0 186 316 0 0 0 0 34 723 $ 154,316 $ 200 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 200 $ 154,516 Task Group 500: Integrated Regional Water Management Plan Support Task 501 - Engineering Support 2 22 24 $ 5,090 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,090 Subtotal 2 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 $ 5,090 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,090 TOTAL BUDGET 477 64 813 776 909 1664 616 1056 20 392 84 6659 $ 1,491,028 $ 34,200 $ 90,000 $ 37,500 $ 109,160 $ 79,090 $ 16,500 $ 366,450 $ 1,857,478 107
City of Santa Paula
WRF Operation, Recycled Water, Stormwater, and Drinking Water Support FY 26/27 Project Director Construction Project Manager Principal Engineer Senior Engineer II Project Engineer I Assistant Engineer II Resident Engineer Construction Inspector Scheduler Senior Designer Administrative Assistant Total Hours (MKN) Labor (MKN) ODCs (MKN) MSO Buehler Materials Testing Specialty Inspection Trussell Total Fee Hourly Rates 324 266 301 261 211 191 224 208 192 192 118 Task Group 100: WRF Operations Support
Task 101 - Review Recommendations and Proposed Repair, Replacement, and Capital Expenditures 48 45 8 101 $ 27,705 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 27,705 Task 102 - Review Budgets, Expenditures, and Payment Requests 126 126 $ 37,871 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 37,871 Task 103 - Meetings, Site Visits, and Conference Calls 20 60 45 125 $ 36,270 $ 6,000 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 42,270 Task 104 - Project Management and Reporting 48 48 96 $ 30,002 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 30,002 Task 105 - Engineering and Procurement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105A -Blower Replacement Program 7 11 32 46 60 56 212 $ 45,898 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 45,898 105B - Influent Pump Station Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105C - Screw Press Redundancy Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105D - Grit Clasifier Replacement 8 14 36 4 58 36 2 158 $ 35,306 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 35,306 105E - UV Disinfection Rehabilitation 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105F - SCADA Computer Upgrades 8 4 20 20 6 58 $ 13,551 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 13,551 105G - Coating Repairs Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105H - Building Repairs and Improvements 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 106 - Construction or Installation Phase Support for Capital Improvements 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106A - Blower Replacement Program 6 16 40 40 40 8 150 $ 34,836 $ - $ 2,200 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 37,036 106B - Influent Pump Station Replacement 6 22 58 84 48 32 250 $ 56,776 $ 2,000 $ 11,000 $ 6,050 $ - $ - $ - $ 75,826 106C - Screw Press Redundancy Project 6 22 42 48 28 32 178 $ 41,172 $ 2,000 $ 9,350 $ 4,950 $ - $ - $ - $ 57,472 106D - Grit Clasifier Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106E - UV Disinfection Rehabilitation 16 8 24 $ 5,708 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,708 106F - SCADA Computer Upgrades 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106G - Coating Repairs Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 107 - Pretreatment Program Update and Chloride Source Control Management 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Subtotal 109 0 371 334 222 270 0 0 0 164 8 1478 $ 365,093 $ 10,000 $ 22,550 $ 11,000 $ - $ - $ - $ 408,645 Task Group 200: WRF Advanced Treatment System Planning, Design, and Construction Phase Services Task 201 - Project Management, Meetings, and Quality Control 40 40 80 $ 25,002 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 25,002 Task 202 - Regulatory Support and Coordination 24 24 48 $ 15,001 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 15,001 Task 203 - Consultant Procurement and Technical Support 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 204 - Preliminary Engineering Report 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 205 - Contract Documents 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 206 - Assist with Grant and Loan Application 24 24 48 $ 15,001 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 15,001 Task 207 - Bid Phase Services 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 208 - Construction Phase Services 24 96 56 92 56 200 1440 2832 48 80 4924 $ 1,059,956 $ 26,000 $ 18,740 $ 20,196 $ 90,000 $ 37,500 $ 5,500 $ 1,257,891 Task 209 - Assistance with Brine Disposal Coordination 24 24 12 12 72 $ 20,667 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 20,667 Task 210 - Contractor Prequalification 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Subtotal 232 96 168 104 68 200 1440 2880 48 80 0 5172 $ 1,135,626 $ 26,000 $ 18,740 $ 20,196 $ 90,000 $ 37,500 $ 5,500 $ 1,333,562 Task Group 300: Stormwater Program Support
Task 301 - Ventura Countywide Stormwater Permit Compliance 2 130 208 340 $ 67,897 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 67,897 Task 302 - Ventura Countywide Stormwater WMP and CIMP Development 48 48 $ 10,134 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 10,134 Task 303 - TMDL Compliance 48 76 124 $ 24,677 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 24,677 Task 304 - Other State Water Resources Control Board and/or Regional Board Inquiries 2 16 6 24 $ 5,175 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,175 Subtotal 4 0 0 0 242 290 0 0 0 0 0 536 $ 107,883 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 107,883 Task Group 400: Water Program Support
Task 401 - DDW/DWR Compliance 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401A - 2025 Urban Water Management Plan Update 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401B - Annual Water Supply and Demand Assessment 2 12 16 4 34 $ 6,714 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 6,714 401C - Water Loss Audit 1 8 12 2 23 $ 4,545 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 4,545 401D - Water Loss Audit Validation 1 10 12 2 25 $ 4,967 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 4,967 401E - Drinking Water Program Reporting and DDW Compliance 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 21,218 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 21,218 401F - Meetings and Coordination with City Staff 2 20 22 4 48 $ 11,775 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 11,775 401G- Risk and Resiliency Plan Update 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401H - Emergency Response Plan Update 2 36 46 8 92 $ 21,212 $ 200 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 21,412 Task 402 - Other SWRCB/DWR Inquiries 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 21,218 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 21,218 Subtotal 12 0 100 0 100 174 0 0 0 0 28 414 $ 91,649 $ 200 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 91,849 Task Group 500: Integrated Regional Water Management Plan Support Task 501 - Engineering Support 2 22 24 $ 5,294 $ 148 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,442 Subtotal 2 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 $ 5,294 $ 148 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,442 TOTAL BUDGET 359 96 639 438 654 934 1440 2880 48 244 36 7624 $ 1,705,545 $ 36,348 $ 41,290 $ 31,196 $ 90,000 $ 37,500 $ 5,500 $ 1,947,381 108
City of Santa Paula
WRF Operation, Recycled Water, Stormwater, and Drinking Water Support FY 27/28 Project Director Construction Project Manager Principal Engineer Senior Engineer II Project Engineer I Assistant Engineer II Resident Engineer Construction Inspector Scheduler Senior Designer Administrative Assistant Total Hours (MKN) Labor (MKN) ODCs (MKN) MSO Buehler Trussell Non-Labor Costs Total Fee Hourly Rates 337 256 313 271 220 199 233 216 200 200 122 Task Group 100: WRF Operations Support
Task 101 - Review Recommendations and Proposed Repair, Replacement, and Capital Expenditures 48 45 8 101 $ 28,813 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 28,813 Task 102 - Review Budgets, Expenditures, and Payment Requests 134 134 $ 41,886 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 41,886 Task 103 - Meetings, Site Visits, and Conference Calls 20 60 45 125 $ 37,721 $ 6,000 $ - $ - $ - $ 6,000 $ 43,721 Task 104 - Project Management and Reporting 48 48 96 $ 31,202 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 31,202 Task 105 - Engineering and Procurement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105A -Blower Replacement Program 7 11 32 46 60 50 206 $ 46,534 $ - $ 8,800 $ 2,200 $ - $ 11,000 $ 57,534 105B - Influent Pump Station Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105C - Screw Press Redundancy Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105D - Grit Clasifier Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105E - UV Disinfection Rehabilitation 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105F - SCADA Computer Upgrades 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 105G - Coating Repairs Project 38 30 48 76 116 124 6 438 $ 100,550 $ - $ - $ 5,500 $ - $ 5,500 $ 106,050 105H - Building Repairs and Improvements 4 8 20 20 6 58 $ 13,994 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 13,994 Task 106 - Construction or Installation Phase Support for Capital Improvements 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106A - Blower Replacement Program 6 16 40 40 40 8 150 $ 36,229 $ - $ 2,200 $ - $ - $ 2,200 $ 38,429 106B - Influent Pump Station Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106C - Screw Press Redundancy Project 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106D - Grit Clasifier Replacement 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106E - UV Disinfection Rehabilitation 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106F - SCADA Computer Upgrades 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 106G - Coating Repairs Project 4 8 40 20 40 12 124 $ 29,463 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 29,463 Task 107 - Pretreatment Program Update and Chloride Source Control Management 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Subtotal 127 0 363 270 182 284 0 0 0 194 12 1432 $ 366,391 $ 6,000 $ 11,000 $ 7,700 $ - $ 24,700 $ 391,092 Task Group 200: WRF Advanced Treatment System Planning, Design, and Construction Phase Services Task 201 - Project Management, Meetings, and Quality Control 24 24 48 $ 15,601 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 15,601 Task 202 - Regulatory Support and Coordination 18 18 24 8 68 $ 19,808 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 19,808 Task 203 - Consultant Procurement and Technical Support 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 204 - Preliminary Engineering Report 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 205 - Contract Documents 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 206 - Assist with Grant and Loan Application 12 12 8 32 $ 9,972 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 9,972 Task 207 - Bid Phase Services 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 208 - Construction Phase Services 16 20 24 80 24 40 160 276 12 0 0 652 $ 152,282 $ 1,000 $ 3,000 $ 1,188 $ 99,000 $ 104,188 $ 256,470 Task 209 - Assistance with Brine Disposal Coordination 12 12 8 32 $ 9,972 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 9,972 Task 210 - Contractor Prequalification 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Subtotal 102 20 90 120 24 48 160 288 12 0 0 832 $ 207,637 $ 208,376 $ 3,000 $ 1,188 $ 99,000 $ 104,188 $ 311,823 Task Group 300: Stormwater Program Support
Task 301 - Ventura Countywide Stormwater Permit Compliance 2 130 208 340 $ 70,613 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 70,613 Task 302 - Ventura Countywide Stormwater WMP and CIMP Development 48 48 $ 10,539 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 10,539 Task 303 - TMDL Compliance 48 76 124 $ 25,664 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 25,664 Task 304 - Other State Water Resources Control Board and/or Regional Board Inquiries 2 16 6 24 $ 5,382 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,382 Subtotal 4 0 0 0 242 290 0 0 0 0 0 536 $ 112,199 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 112,198 Task Group 400: Water Program Support
Task 401 - DDW/DWR Compliance 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401A - 2025 Urban Water Management Plan Update 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401B - Annual Water Supply and Demand Assessment 2 12 16 4 34 $ 6,983 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 6,983 401C - Water Loss Audit 1 8 12 2 23 $ 4,727 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 4,727 401D - Water Loss Audit Validation 1 10 12 2 25 $ 5,166 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 5,166 401E - Development of Standard Operation Procedures for Water System 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 22,067 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 22,067 401F - Asset Management Software Support 2 8 24 34 4 72 $ 15,701 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 15,701 401G - Water Conservation 2 46 60 80 4 192 $ 44,638 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 44,638 401H - Drinking Water Program Reporting and DDW Compliance 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 22,067 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 22,067 401I - Meetings and Coordination with City Staff 2 20 22 4 48 $ 12,246 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 12,246 401J - Risk and Resiliency Plan Update 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - 401K - Emergency Response Plan Update 0 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - Task 402 - Other SWRCB/DWR Inquiries 2 22 24 44 4 96 $ 22,067 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 22,067 Subtotal 16 0 140 0 208 286 0 0 0 0 32 682 $ 155,660 $ - $ - $ - $ - $ - $ 155,662 Task Group 500: Integrated Regional Water Management Plan Support Task 501 - Engineering Support 2 22 24 $ 5,505 $ 148 $ - $ - $ - $ 148 $ 5,653 Subtotal 2 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 $ 5,505 $ 148 $ - $ - $ - $ 148 $ 5,653 TOTAL BUDGET 251 20 593 390 678 908 160 288 12 194 44 3506 $ 847,391 $ 214,524 $ 14,000 $ 8,888 $ 99,000 $ 129,036 $ 976,428 109
To: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
From: Dale Goodman, Public Works Director
Subject: AMENDMENT TO THREE-YEAR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
AGREEMENT WITH GSI WATER SOLUTIONS, INC.

Date: June 18, 2025
Agenda Item: 10.C

CITY OF SANTA PAULA

MEMORANDUM
RECOMMENDATION:

It is recommended that the City Council:

1. Authorize the City Manager to execute Amendment No. 1 to the Three-Year Professional Services Agreement (“PSA”) with GSI Water Solutions, Inc. (“GSI”) to provide groundwater monitoring services on a time and materials basis for the Santa Paula Water Recycling Facility (“SPWRF”) in the amount of:

1. $215,148 for FY 2025-2026

2. $194,515 for FY 2026-2027

3. $200,350 for FY 2027-2028
BACKGROUND:

The Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board (LARWQCB) renewed the Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR) Permit with requirements and effluent limitations on May 20, 2022. LARWQCB also adopted a Cease and Desist Order (CDO) with interim requirements for chloride. In addition, in June 2017, the Regional Board issued a Notice of Applicability (NOA) that authorized the City to produce and deliver recycled water under State’s General Water Reclamation Requirements for Recycled Water Use (Order WQ 2016-0068-DWQ, General Order). These permits and orders direct the City to perform specific monitoring and reporting of groundwater in the vicinity of the SPWRF.

GSI’s staff have worked with the City since 2007. Since 2015, they have provided required groundwater monitoring in compliance with the City’s wastewater permits and have supported the City’s efforts to develop a chloride compliance strategy and negotiate reasonable WDRs with the LARWQCB.

ANALYSIS:

As discussed, GSI will assist the City in addressing regulatory requirements associated with the CDO, its WDRs and Recycled Water Program through the following efforts:
110
Monthly measurement of water levels and maintenance of water level transducers currently installed within each of the nine monitoring wells surrounding the three percolation ponds; tabulation and presentation of RWQCB letter dated March 30, 2010.

Collection of monthly groundwater samples from each of the nine wells in accordance with RWQCB requirements; tabulation of the collection data.

Collection of annual groundwater samples from each of the nine on-site wells, three wells immediately off-site, and several wells located further away in accordance with LARWQCB requirements; and tabulation of the collection data.

Collection of samples for “Constituents of Emerging Concern”, which are to be collected every 5 years (next in 2025)
Preparation and submittal of quarterly groundwater conditions reports to LARWQCB’s staff, the GeoTracker website, City and SPWRF operations staff. These reports will satisfy the LARWQCB’s requirements, which require:

Documentation of compliance with the requirements of the RWQCB letter dated March 20, 2010.

Documentation that 2 feet of free-board exists at the pond levees.

Quarterly calculation and reporting of shallow groundwater flow direction and separation beneath the percolation ponds.

Documentation that daily water levels are collected (with dedicated transducers) during wet weather conditions.

Documentation of daily water levels per paragraph (d) of the RWQCB letter demonstrate “that 5 feet of separation exists at the pond center.”
In addition to these groundwater monitoring tasks, GSI will:

Assist the City staff or WRF operation staff with annual summary reporting or other reporting as required.

Attend relevant United Water Conservation District’s Groundwater Committee meeting as warranted on behalf of the City.

GSI will also remain available to assist the City with additional groundwater-related assistance, which may include:

Assistance with as-requested groundwater-related services, including sampling of offsite wells, communication with off-site well owners, and additional reporting tasks in support of discussions as requested by the RWQCB; and
Coordination with the City and LARWQCB staff in the process for pursuing a Basin Plan Amendment (alternative compliance plan) to modify the chloride objective as described in the CDO.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

The approval of this agenda item does not directly address the strategic goals within the City's adopted Strategic Plan.

FISCAL IMPACTS:

Fiscal impacts by fiscal year are listed below and additional details are provided in the GSI proposal attached as Exhibit A to the proposed Amendment No. 1 (Attachment A). GSI’s work has been an integral part of the City’s required LARWQCB regulatory work associated with the 111
WDRs and CDO and as such considered a sole source service provider. Work will be invoiced on an hourly time and materials basis, with the proposed budget total is not to be exceeded each fiscal year in accordance with the below limits without written authorization from the City.

FY 2025-26 = $215,148
FY 2026-27= $194,515
FY 2027-28 = $200,350
Amendment No.1 to the Professional Services Agreement will be funded from account number 610-5-5063-228. There are sufficient funds in the FY 2025-2026 Adopted Budget to cover the FY 2026-27 annual agreement amount. The process of amending the Professional Services Agreement is in accordance with SPMC § 41.17 (Professional Services).

OPTIONS:

The Council has the following available alternative options to Staff’s recommendations:

1. Do not authorize the City Manager to execute a Three-Year Professional Services Agreement with GSI Water Solutions, Inc. at this time, but request Staff to negotiate further with GSI Water Solutions, Inc. and return with a revised proposal. This action will discontinue critically needed consultant services associated with groundwater monitoring services related to the Santa Paula Water Recycling Facility until a new agreement is authorized. This lapse in service provided by GSI Water Solutions, Inc. could have adverse consequences by failing to provide continuing groundwater consulting serviced related to monitoring, sampling, and reporting of groundwater conditions and groundwater-based regulatory compliance at the Santa Paula Water Recycling Facility.

ATTACHMENTS:

Attachment A - Amendment 1 to GSI 3YR PSA
112

EXHIBIT A
Amendment No. 1 to Three-Year Professional Services
Agreement With GSI Water Solutions, Inc.
113
1 65283.00007\43870198.1
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE CITY OF SANTA PAULA AND
GSI WATER SOLUTIONS, INC.

This Amendment No. 1 is entered into as of July 1, 2025 by and between the City of Santa Paula, a municipal corporation organized under the laws of the State of California with its principal place of business at 970 Ventura Street, Santa Paula, CA 93060, County of Ventura, State of California ("City") and GSI Water Solutions, Inc., a California Corporation with its principal place of business at 418 Chapala Street, Suite H, Santa Barbara, CA 93101 ("Consultant"). City and Consultant are sometimes individually referred to herein as "Party" and collectively as "Parties."
SECTION 1: Recitals. This Amendment No. 1 is made with reference to the following facts and objectives:

A. On or about August 17, 2022, the City and Consultant entered into a three-year Professional Services Agreement (“Agreement”) for groundwater monitoring services for the City’s Water Recycling Facility.

B. The Agreement is set to expire on June 30, 2025.

C. City and Consultant desire to amend the Agreement to extend the term for an additional three years, increase Consultants’ compensation, and amend the scope of services to respond to California Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) requirements for FY 2025-2028.

SECTION 2: Amendment. In consideration of the foregoing and pursuant to Section

3.1.2 of the Agreement, the Agreement is amended as follows:

A. Section 3.1.2, entitled “Term,” is amended to read as follows:
“3.1.2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall be from August 17, 2022 to June 30, 2028, unless earlier terminated as provided herein. The City shall have the unilateral option, at its sole discretion, to renew this Agreement automatically for no more than one additional one-year term. Consultant shall complete the Services within the term of this Agreement, and shall meet any other established schedules and deadlines.

The Parties may, by mutual, written consent, extend the term of this Agreement if necessary to complete the Services.”
B. Exhibit A attached to this Amendment No. 1 replaces Exhibit A (Scope of Services) to the Agreement. Exhibit A to this Amendment No. 1 describes the scope of services and compensation for FY 2025-2028.

C. Consultant agrees that compensation for FY 2025-2028 is contingent upon sufficient funding within the adopted fiscal year budget.
114
2 65283.00007\43870198.1
SECTION 3: Counterparts. This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in any number or counterparts, each of which will be an original, but all of which together constitutes one instrument executed on the same date.

SECTION 4: Limited Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment No. 1, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between this Amendment No. 1 and the Agreement, the provisions of this Amendment No. 1 shall control. Whenever the term “Agreement” is used the Agreement, it shall mean the Agreement as amendment by Amendment No. 1.

N WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 on the day and year first hereinabove written.

CITY OF SANTA PAULA GSI WATER SOLUTIONS, INC.

By:

Its:

Printed Name:

By:

Its:

Printed Name:

FED TAX ID:_______________________
Approved By:
_________________________________
Dan Singer
City Manager
Approved as to Form:
_____________________________________
Monica Castillo
City Attorney
Attested By:

Judy Latshaw
City Clerk
115
3 65283.00007\43870198.1

EXHIBIT A
Scope of Services and Compensation
[attached behind]
116
117
118
119
120
121
To: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
From: Dale Goodman, Public Works Director
Subject: AMENDMENT TO THREE-YEAR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

AGREEMENT WITH LARRY WALKER ASSOCIATES
Date: June 18, 2025
Agenda Item: 10.D

CITY OF SANTA PAULA

MEMORANDUM
RECOMMENDATION:

It is recommended that the City Council:
(1) Authorize the City Manager to execute Amendment No. 1 to the Three-Year Professional Services Agreement (“PSA”) with Larry Walker Associates (“LWA”) (Attachment A) to provide Wastewater Discharge Permit Compliance Services on a time and materials basis for the Santa Paula Water Recycling Facility (“SPWRF”) in the amount of:

1. $100,000 for FY 2025-2026

2. $90,000 for FY 2026-2027

3. $70,000 for FY 2027-2028
BACKGROUND:

The Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board (LARWQCB) renewed the WDR Permit with new requirements and effluent limitations on February 8, 2018. LARWQCB also adopted a Cease and Desist Order (CDO) with interim requirements for chloride. In addition, in June 2017, the Regional Board issued a Notice of Applicability (NOA) that authorized the City to produce and deliver recycled water under State’s General Water Reclamation Requirements for Recycled Water Use (Order WQ 2016-0068-DWQ, General Order).

LWA has worked with the City since 2015 to develop a chloride compliance strategy and negotiate reasonable WDRs with the Los Angeles Regional Water Board. In addition, LWA prepared the NOI for coverage under the Recycled Water General Order and has worked with the City on various aspects of evaluating chloride levels and impacts to groundwater and nearby well owners.

ANALYSIS:

LWA also assisted the City with the renewal of the WDR and extension of the CDO that were adopted by the LARWQCB in May 2022. Revisions were made to the WDR and CDO to reflect the City’s change in direction from the previous approach to recycle the WRF discharge to instead upgrade the WRF to remove chloride. In addition, the newly adopted WDR and 122
CDO contain more reasonable chloride effluent limits.

LWA will continue assisting the City in addressing regulatory requirements associated with its WDRs and CDO as needed through the following efforts:

Assist with elements of the Waste Discharge Requirements and Cease and Desist Order.

Provide additional regulatory assistance
STRATEGIC PLAN:

The approval of this agenda item does not directly address the strategic goals within the City's adopted Strategic Plan.

FISCAL IMPACTS:

Consultant's proposal is budgeted for each fiscal year for the not-to-exceed amounts as shown below.

FY 2025-26 = $100,000
FY 2023-24 = $90,000
FY 2024-25 = $70,000
The Professional Services Agreement will be funded from account number 610-5-5063-209.

OPTIONS:

The Council has the following available alternative options to Staff’s recommendations:

1. Do not authorize the City Manager to execute the Three-Year Professional Services Agreement with Larry Walker Associates to provide Wastewater Discharge Permit Compliance Services. This will discontinue ongoing permit compliance services provided by LWA and potentially result in the LARWQCB issuing one or more notices of violation (NOV’s) to the City inclusive of the levying of fines by the LARWQCB and other agencies having jurisdiction.

ATTACHMENTS:

Attachment A - Amendment 1 to LWA 3YR PSA
123

EXHIBIT A
Amendment No. 1 to Three-Year Professional Services
Agreement with Larry Walker Associates
124
1 65283.00007\43870268.1
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE CITY OF SANTA PAULA AND

LARRY WALKER ASSOCIATES
This Amendment No. 1 is entered into as of July 1, 2025 by and between the City of Santa Paula, a municipal corporation organized under the laws of the State of California with its principal place of business at 970 Ventura Street, Santa Paula, CA 93060, County of Ventura, State of California ("City") and Larry Walker Associates, Inc., a California Corporation, with its principal place of business at 1480 Drew Avenue, Suite 100, Davis, CA 95618 ("Consultant"). City and Consultant are sometimes individually referred to herein as "Party" and collectively as "Parties."
SECTION 1: Recitals. This Amendment No. 1 is made with reference to the following facts and objectives:

A. On or about August 4, 2022, the City and Consultant entered into a three-year Professional Services Agreement (“Agreement”) to assist the City with the Waste Discharge Requirements (WDRs) and Water Recycling Requirements for the Santa Paula Water Reclamation Facility (SPWRF).

B. The Agreement is set to expire on June 30, 2025.

C. City and Consultant desire to amend the Agreement to extend the term for an additional three years, increase Consultant’s compensation, and amend the scope of services with a greater focus on the City’s Pretreatment Program update, chloride source control and other regulatory support.

SECTION 2: Amendment. In consideration of the foregoing and pursuant to Section

3.7.14 of the Agreement, the Agreement is amended as follows:

A. Section 3.1.2, entitled “Term,” is amended to read as follows:
“3.1.2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall be from August 17, 2022 to June 30, 2028, unless earlier terminated as provided herein. The City shall have the unilateral option, at its sole discretion, to renew this Agreement automatically for no more than one additional one-year term. Consultant shall complete the Services within the term of this Agreement, and shall meet any other established schedules and deadlines.

The Parties may, by mutual, written consent, extend the term of this Agreement if necessary to complete the Services.”
B. Exhibit A attached to this Amendment No. 1 replaces Exhibit A (Scope of Services) to the Agreement. Exhibit A to this Amendment No. 1 describes the scope of services and compensation for FY 2025-2028.

SECTION 3: Counterparts. This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in any number or counterparts, each of which will be an original, but all of which together constitutes one 125
2 65283.00007\43870268.1
instrument executed on the same date.

SECTION 4: Limited Amendment. Except as modified by this Amendment No. 1, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between this Amendment No. 1 and the Agreement, the provisions of this Amendment No. 1 shall control. Whenever the term “Agreement” is used the Agreement, it shall mean the Agreement as amendment by Amendment No. 1.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 on the day and year first hereinabove written.

CITY OF SANTA PAULA LARRY WALKER ASSOCIATES, INC.

By:

Its:

Printed Name:

By:

Its:

Printed Name:

FED TAX ID:_______________________
Approved By:
_________________________________
Dan Singer,
City Manager
Approved as to Form:
_____________________________________
Monica Castillo
City Attorney
Attested By:

Judy Latshaw
City Clerk
126
3 65283.00007\43870268.1

EXHIBIT A
Scope of Services and Compensation
[attached behind]
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
To: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
From: Greg Barnes, Parks and Recreation Director
Subject: 2025 LABOR DAY PARADE REQUEST FOR FEE WAIVER
Date: June 18, 2025
Agenda Item: 10.E

CITY OF SANTA PAULA

MEMORANDUM
RECOMMENDATION:

1. Consider a request to waive 50% of the costs for City services for the 2025 Santa Paula Labor Day Parade.

BACKGROUND:

For the past four years, Council has approved in-kind services for the Santa Paula Labor Day Parade to cover the costs associated with street closures and re-openings, as well as law enforcement support. The following figures reflect the dollar amount of in-kind services for the past three years:
2024 - $2,760 (50% of the parade was covered with in-kind services) 2023 - $2,737 (50% of the parade was covered with in-kind services) 2022 - $1,835 (50% of the parade was covered with in-kind services) The Santa Paula Community Fund, a 501(c)3 non-profit organization who sponsors the annual Labor Day Parade along with the Labor Day Parade Committee, has submitted a request (Exhibit A) for the City to waive service fees for the upcoming Labor Day Parade event this September. The Municipal Code §115.007(D) authorizes the City Council to waive fees for 501(c)(3) non-profit groups.

ANALYSIS:

In May 2025, the Santa Paula Community Fund submitted a request for the City to consider waiving up to 50% of city fees related to the event. In past years, the Labor Day Parade has been a very popular event in town that honors all the residents who work in our community.

Additionally, it is known to attract people from all over Southern California to our downtown as it is the only known Labor Day Parade in the region.

Upon receiving the application, staff circulated it to the applicable City departments in order to get estimated costs for City services. Below are the estimated costs for this year's parade:
$346 Application/Special Event Permit Fee
$245 Encroachment Permit Fee
134
$300 Main Street Banner Fee
$2,196 Public Works estimated costs
$3,348 Police Services estimated costs
Total estimated costs for City Services: $6,435
In hopes of City support, The Santa Paula Community Foundation Fund and the Labor Day Parade Committee are kindly requesting the City of Santa Paula sponsor the event by providing in-kind services/sponsorship of the event up to 50% of total costs. It should be noted that the Labor Day Parade Committee have already paid the costs of the application fee ($346), the encroachment permit fee ($245), and the main street banner fee ($300).

Should Council approve the in-kind sponsorship request, the estimated remaining costs for which the Labor Day Parade Committee would be responsible for is approximately $2,772.00 (excluding application, permit, and banner fees).

STRATEGIC PLAN:

Approval of this item supports City Council’s two-year Strategic Plan, Section A. Arts, Culture and Entertainment, with a goal of becoming a regional leader of the arts, culture, and entertainment that accurately represents our history and core values.

FISCAL IMPACTS:

The event organizers are requesting the partnership with the City of Santa Paula to help absorb the costs of City services. The estimated value of the in-kind sponsorship would be between $2,400-$3,000.

OPTIONS:

City Council has the following alternate options available:

1. Do not support the 50% fee waiver.

2. Support the event as a sponsor for a specific amount of in-kind services for the 2025 event as opposed to a percentage of costs.

3. Provide alternate direction to staff.

ATTACHMENTS:

EXHIBIT A - Fee Waiver Request Letter.pdf
EXHIBITB - Labor Day Parade Application.pdf
135

EXHIBIT A

LABOR DAY PARADE

SPONSORSHIP REQUEST LETTER
136
2025 SANTA PAULA LABOR DAY PARADE
116 Via Solana
Santa Paula, CA 93060
May 24, 2025
Dear City of Santa Paula and Council Members,
Once again, Santa Paula Labor Day Parade Committee will be sponsoring the only Labor Day Parade in Ventura County. The purpose is to honor all the men and women who work in our community. This is the 20th year of this event. In addition to recognizing the contributions of all workers, we want it to be a celebration for all to enjoy and have an opportunity to join in the fun.

We would like the council to consider waiving partial service fees up to 50% for the 2025 Labor Day Parade.

If you have any questions please give me a call.

Warm regards,
Ron Merson, Chair
805-816-7891
[email protected]
137

EXHIBIT B

LABOR DAY PARADE

EVENT APPLICATION
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
To: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
From: Monica Castillo, City Attorney
Subject: INTRODUCTION OF ORDINANCE NO. 1346 AMENDING CHAPTERS

16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25, 16.29, 16.31, 16.33, 16.34, 16.35 AND 16.40

OF THE SANTA PAULA MUNICIPAL CODE IN ORDER TO CORRECT

INCONSISTENCIES, OUTDATED LANGUAGE AND FORMATTING AND

FINDING THE ACTION TO BE STATUTORILY EXEMPT FROM
CEQA UNDER SECTION 15061(b)(3) AND 15168(c)(2) OF THE PUBLIC RESOURCES CODE.

Date: June 18, 2025
Agenda Item: 11.A

CITY OF SANTA PAULA

MEMORANDUM
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council:

1. Open the public hearing, receive public testimony, close the public hearing; and

2. Waive the first reading by title only, and introduce Ordinance No. 1346, entitled “An Ordinance amending Chapters 16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25, 16.29, 16.31, 16.33, 16.34,

16.35, and 16.40 of the Santa Paula Municipal Code in order to correct inconsistencies, outdated language and formatting and finding the action to be statutorily exempt from CEQA under Section 15061(b)(3) and 15168(c)(2) of the Public Resources Code”.

BACKGROUND:

The Municipal Code has not undergone a comprehensive update since November 17, 1997.

Since then, amendments have been adopted as needed to respond to changes in state law, sometimes resulting in internal inconsistencies within the Code and operational challenges.

Recognizing the need for a Code overhaul, one of the objectives City Council placed in the City's 2023-2025 Two-Year Strategic Plan (Goal G, Objective 2) is to review the City's Municipal Code to reduce irrelevant code sections and update the Development Code. This goal was also identified as a mid-level priority (2 out of 1-3) in the Citygate Associates report dated June 19, 2024 recommending that the City review development codes and state laws to update policies and procedures for discretionary planning approvals, licenses and permits.

On May 9, 2024, the City Council and Planning Commission held a joint study session for a presentation on the comprehensive Municipal Code update, where they were asked to select one of three ways to approach the Municipal Code update. Option 3 was selected, directing staff and the City Attorney's office to begin with the Development Code (Title XVI) and simultaneously go through the other titles. Since then, this Council has reviewed and 146
approved two sizable batches of code updates.

On April 22, 2025, at a duly noticed public hearing, the Planning Commission considered Resolution No. 3866 recommending City Council adoption of an ordinance amending SPMC Chapters 16.13 (Residential Zones), 16.15 (Commercial Zones), 16.23 (Industrial Zones),

16.25 (Specific Plan Zone), 16.29 (Railroad Overlay Zone), 16.31 (Planned Development Overlay Zone), 16.33 (Historic Landmark Overlay Zone), 16.34 (Historical Property Agreements), 16.35 (Housing Opportunities Overlay Zone) and 16.40 (General Property Development Standards)
The Planning Commission adopted the resolution with these exceptions to the proposed amendments:

With respect to updating SPMC section 16.13.030 of Division 2 (Development Standards for Primary Dwellings) of Chapter 16.13 (Residential Zones), the Planning Commission directed staff to hold a study session first. With respect to updating the City's Inclusionary Housing Ordinance (SPMC § 16.13.400 et. seq.), the Planning Commission directed staff to have the Affordable Housing Task Force first review and comment on the ordinance. With respect to Chapter 16.17 (Historical Property Agreements), revise the definition of a Qualified Historical Property so that a property need not be a "commercial use" to enter into a Mills Act agreement.

ANALYSIS:

Renumbering & References
The revisions to Chapters 16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25, 16.29, 16.31, 16.33, 16.34, 16.35 and

16.40 are a result of the City initiated Municipal Code amendment. These Chapters were identified to have contain inconsistencies, outdated language and/or formatting errors.

The sequencing of the Chapters is being amended for consistency with other changes made earlier. Chapters 16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25, 16.29, 16.31, 16.33, 16.34, 16.35 and 16.40 will be renumbered to Chapters 16.08, 16.09, 16.11, 16.12, 16.14, 16.15, 16.16 , 16.17, 16.18 and

16.20, respectively. References to "Planning Director" were also replaced with "Director", which definition includes the current title of Community and Economic Development Director.

Density Bonus
California Density Bonus Law (“DBL”) has significantly changed since the City’s density bonus ordinance (SPMC §16.13.310 et seq. to be renumbered as SPMC §16.08.310 et seq) was last updated in 2007. The law encourages affordable housing development by entitling developers to increase density beyond the maximum allowed by local zoning (i.e. a density bonus) and to receive concessions or incentives in exchange for providing a certain percentage of affordable units and levels of affordability (i.e. for very low income, lowerincome, moderate-income, senior housing, etc.). A concession or incentive means a modification of zoning code standard for the site, such as reduced setbacks, a reduced parking requirement, or allowance of mixed-use zoning
In the last year, DBL amendments have targeted more affordable housing for students and senior citizens. AB 3116 creates new density bonus levels, incentives and concessions for 147
student housing developments that restrict units for lower income students attending institutions of higher education. AB 2694 extends incentives and concessions for residential care facilities for the elderly, which had previously been excluded from qualifying senior citizen housing development.

Over the years, the trend in DBL has been to increase the number of concessions or incentives for projects with a greater percentage of low-income and very-low-income units.

Given the constant update to the Density Bonus law and the general lack of discretion afforded to cities, the Municipal Code update refers back to State law to avoid the repeated updates to the City’s density bonus ordinance.

Inclusionary Housing
The City’s Inclusionary Housing Ordinance (SPMC 16.13.400 et seq. to be renumbered as SPMC 16.08.400 et seq.) was last updated in 2005. Inclusionary Housing Ordinances require new residential developments to include a certain percentage of units affordable to low- and moderate-income households. Significant amendments are required in order to update the City’s ordinance. The ordinance still has references to Redevelopment Law which has since been repealed. The Planning Commission directed staff work with the Affordable Housing Task Force to finalize the City’s Inclusionary Housing Ordinance. At this time City staff has received several comments from the AHTF and will bring back an updated ordinance at a future Council meeting.

Mobile Home Park Zone
The following amendments are recommended to the City’s Mobile Home Park Zone Division (SPMC 16.13.250 et seq. to be renumbered to SPMC 16.08.250 et seq.):

Adding development standards for all roadways to require a minimum of two-inch thick asphalt, concrete, plant mix, or other approved materials; Providing allowable accessory building uses;
Requiring sanitary sewer and water, underground utilities, providing number of mobile home spaces per gross acre, and setback requirements;
Requiring a minimum of two parking spaces for each lot/space.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

Reviewing the City's municipal code for updates and to reduce irrelevancy directly relates to Strategic Plan Goal G.2 Municipal Code.

FISCAL IMPACTS:

There are no direct fiscal impacts from this code update.

OPTIONS:

In addition to the recommended action, the City Council has available to it the following alternative options:

1. Do not introduce proposed Ordinance No. 1346 and direct staff to make substantive 148
modifications requiring referral back to the Planning Commission.

2. Introduce the proposed ordinance with minor modifications.

ATTACHMENTS:

Attachment A - Santa Paula - Ordinance No. 1346 - Developement Code Update No. 4.pdf 149

ATTACHMENT A
150
ORDINANCE NO. 1346

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA
PAULA AMENDING CHAPTERS 16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25, 16.29, 16.31,

16.33, 16.34, 16.35 AND 16.40 OF THE SANTA PAULA MUNICIPAL

CODE IN ORDER TO CORRECT INCONSISTENCIES, OUTDATED

LANGUAGE AND FORMATTING AND FINDING THE ACTION TO BE
STATUTORILY EXEMPT FROM CEQA UNDER SECTION 15061(b)(3)
and 15168(c)(2) AND 15168(c)(2) OF THE PUBLIC RESOURCES CODE The City Council of the City of Santa Paula does ordain as follows:

WHEREAS, the City of Santa Paula wishes to protect and preserve the quality of life throughout the City, through effective land use and planning; WHEREAS, the City initiated a Municipal Code update in order to bring the entire code up to date, clarify appropriate uses within the City, and adhere to current state law; WHEREAS, in recent years, the California Legislature has approved, and the Governor has signed into law, a number of bills that, among other things, amend various sections of the Government Code to impose new limits on local authority to regulate standards that guide how land can be used and developed within cities; and WHEREAS, Santa Paula Municipal Code (“SPMC”) Chapters 16.13 (Residential Zones), 16.15 (Commercial Zones), 16.23 (Industrial Zones), 16.25 (Specific Plan Zone),

16.29 (Railroad Overlay Zone), 16.31 (Planned Development Overlay Zone), 16.33 (Historic Landmark Overlay Zone), 16.34 (Historical Property Agreements), 16.35 (Housing Opportunities Overlay Zone) and 16.40 (General Property Development Standards) were reviewed by staff and identified to contain inconsistencies, outdated language, and/or conflicts with current state law;
WHEREAS, State Density Bonus law has significantly changed since the City’s last update to its Density Bonus ordinance, codified at SPMC §16.13.310 et seq., in 2007; WHEREAS, City staff identified additional regulations to be added to the City’s Mobile Home Park Zone in order to preserve the quality of life; WHEREAS, on May 27, 2025, the Planning Commission held a duly-noticed public hearing and considered the staff report, recommendations by staff, and public testimony concerning this proposed Ordinance. Following the public hearing, the Planning Commission voted to forward the Ordinance to the City Council with a recommendation that the City conduct a study session on Division 2 Development Standards for Primary Dwellings (SPMC § 16.08.030), remove commercial use from Qualified Historical 151
Property from Historic Property Agreements (SMPC § 16.17 et seq.), work with the Affordable Housing Task Force to finalize the Inclusionary Housing Ordinance (SPMC §

16.08.400 et. seq.), and adopt the remaining Chapters and Divisions; WHEREAS, on June 18, 2025, the City Council held a duly-noticed public hearing to consider the proposed Ordinance, including: (1) the public testimony and agenda reports prepared in connection with the proposed Ordinance, (2) the policy considerations discussed therein, and (3) the consideration and recommendation by the City’s Planning Commission; and
WHEREAS, all legal prerequisites to the adoption of this Resolution have occurred.

SECTION 1. Incorporation. The recitals above are true and correct and are each incorporated by reference and adopted as findings by the City Council.

SECTION 2. CEQA. The City Council determines this Ordinance is not a project within the meaning of Section 15378 of the State of California Environmental Quality Act ("CEQA"), because it has no potential of resulting in physical change in the environment, directly or indirectly. The City Council further finds, under Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations, Section 15061(b)(3), that this Resolution is nonetheless exempt from the requirements of CEQA in that the activity is covered by the general rule that CEQA applies only to projects which have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment.

Where it can be with certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have a significant effect on the environment, the activity is not subject to CEQA. Further, per Section 15168(c)(2) this Ordinance is exempt because it is within the scope of the Program Environmental Impact Report approved for the 2040 General Plan update.

SECTION 3. General Plan and Development Objectives. Pursuant to SPMC §

16.208.030(C), the City Council has reviewed the Planning Commission’s recommendation, and finds that the proposed amendments are consistent with the objectives of Title 16 of the SPMC, the General Plan, and development policies of the City as follows:

A. The proposed code amendment is consistent with the objectives, policies, general land uses, and programs of the Santa Paula General Plan (2040), as described in Section 4.A. below.

B. The purpose of Chapter 16.208 Development Code Amendments is to allow for amendment to the Development Code in recognition of the fact that physical, economic, and other conditions in the City may change over time. The proposed 152
amendments to Chapters 16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25, 16.29, 16.31, 16.33, 16.34,

16.35 and 16.40 recognize these changing conditions by removing inconsistencies and outdated terms, updating definitions, and aligning with the adopted General Plan and applicable state law.

SECTION 4. Development Code Amendment Findings. Pursuant to SPMC §16.208.050, the City Council makes the following required findings of fact:

A. The proposed code amendment is consistent with the goals, policies, and objectives of the General Plan. The proposed amendment is part of a larger effort to update the Santa Paula Municipal Code. The proposed amendment is largely administrative in nature intended to remove inconsistencies, typographical errors, and outdated terms in the Development Code. Among other things, the amendments to Chapters 16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25, 16.29, 16.31, 16.33, 16.34,

16.35 and 16.40 will also bring the City’s Development Code definitions current and compliant with recent state law. Nothing in the proposed amendment would create an inconsistency with the goals, policies and objectives of the 2040 General Plan.

B. The proposed code amendment will not adversely affect surrounding properties.

The proposed amendment will not adversely affect surrounding properties because the amendments are largely administrative in nature intended to remove inconsistencies and outdated terms in the Development Code and align with the objectives outlined in the adopted General Plan. Among other things, the amendments to Chapters 16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25, 16.29, 16.31, 16.33, 16.34,

16.35 and 16.40 will also bring the City’s Development Code definitions current and compliant with recent state law.

C. The proposed code amendment promote public health, safety, and general welfare and serves the goals and purposes of Title 16. The public health, safety, and general welfare will be promoted by removal of inconsistencies, typographical errors, and outdated terms in the Development Code and alignment with the objectives outlined in the adopted General Plan. This in turn will help clarify for the public local land use rules applicable to their properties. Among other things, amendment to Chapters 16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25, 16.29, 16.31, 16.33, 16.34,

16.35 and 16.40 will also bring the City’s Development Code definitions current and compliant with recent state law. The goals and purposes of Title 16 are served because the amendments further the orderly development of land.

SECTION 5. Code Amendment. Chapters 16.13, 16.15, 16.23, 16.25, 16.29,

16.31, 16.33, 16.34, 16.35 and 16.40 of the Santa Paula Municipal Code are hereby amended and restated to read in their entirety as provided in Exhibit “A,” attached hereto 153
and incorporated herein by reference. Stricken text indicates deletions and underlined text additions.

SECTION 6. Publication. The City Clerk is directed to certify to the adoption of this Ordinance and post or publish this Ordinance as required by law.

SECTION 7. Custodian of Records. The custodian of records for this Ordinance is the City Clerk and the records comprising the administrative record are located at 970 E.

Ventura Street, Santa Paula, California 93060.

SECTION 8. Severability. If any provision of this Ordinance or its application to any person or circumstance is held to be invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity has no effect on the other provisions or applications of the Ordinance that can be given effect without the invalid provision or application, and to this extent, the provisions of this Ordinance are severable. The City Council declares that it would have adopted this Ordinance irrespective of the invalidity of any portion thereof. 154
PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Santa Paula, at a regular meeting of the City Council held on the ____ day of _____________, 2025 by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:

CITY OF SANTA PAULA:

Pedro Chavez, Mayor
ATTEST:

Julie Latshaw, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

BEST BEST & KRIEGER LLP
Monica Castillo, City Attorney
155

EXHIBIT A
156
CHAPTER 16.0813: RESIDENTIAL ZONES
Section
Division 1: Use Regulations

16.0813.010 Purpose and intent

16.0813.020 Land use and permit requirements
Division 2: Development Standards

16.0813.030 Standards for primary dwellings

16.0813.040 Accessory buildings and structures

16.0813.050 Open space requirements in R-2, R-3, and R-4 Zones

16.0813.060 Landscaping

16.0813.070 Required features

16.0813.080 [Reserved]

16.0813.090 [Reserved]
Division 3: Development Standards for the HR-PD Zones

16.0813.100 Applicability

16.0813.110 Maximum density

16.0813.120 Lot area, lot coverage, building height, and the like

16.0813.130 Grading regulations

16.0813.140 Building design

16.0813.150 Fire hazard mitigation

16.0813.160 Erosion control

16.0813.170 [Reserved]
Division 4: Second Dwelling Units

16.0813.180 Second unit permit required

16.0813.190 Development standards
Division 5: Special Regulations

16.0813.200 Restrictions on vehicle parking

16.0813.210 Keeping of animals
157

16.0813.220 Other applicable regulations

16.0813.230 [Reserved]

16.0813.240 [Reserved]
Division 6: Mobile Home Park Zone

16.0813.250 Purpose and intent

16.0813.260 State regulation of mobile home parks

16.0813.270 Development standards for mobile home parks

16.0813.280 Development standards for mobile home sites or lots

16.0813.290 Other applicable regulations

16.0813.300 [Reserved]
Division 7: Density Bonuses and Concessions

16.0813.310 Purpose and intent

16.0813.32011 Definitions

16.0813.33012 No WaiverDensity bonuses and concessions - In general

16.0813.313 Determination of bonus

16.0813.314 Construction and location of affordable units

16.0813.315 Affordability

16.0813.316 Affordable housing density bonus agreement

16.0813.317 Child care facilities

16.0813.318 Development concessions

16.0813.319 Parking standards

16.0813.320 Other development standards

16.0813.321 Inclusionary housing requirements

16.0813.322 Condominium conversions
Division 8: Inclusionary Housing

16.13.400 Purpose

16.13.401 Definitions

16.13.402 Inclusionary Housing Units; Applicability
158

16.13.404 Exemptions

16.13.405 Calculations for Inclusionary Units

16.13.406 Plan Area Project Calculations

16.13.407 Affordable housing plan

16.13.408 Standards

16.13.409 Performance security for inclusionary housing units

16.13.410 In-lieu fees and Affordable Housing Trust Fund

16.13.411 Eligibility requirements for residents

16.13.412 Transfer of title

16.13.413 Deed restrictions

16.13.414 Refund of fees

16.13.415 Rental units; affordable rent

16.13.416 Growth management allocation

16.13.417 Waivers; modifications

16.13.418 Enforcement
Division 9: Reasonable Accommodation for Disabled and Handicapped Individuals

16.0813.5800 Purpose

16.0813.50810 Definitions

16.0813.50820 Notice

16.0813.50830 Requesting reasonable accommodation

16.0813.50840 Proceedings

16.0813.50850 Action by the Director

16.0813.50860 Findings

16.0813.50870 Conditions - Generally

16.0813.50880 Conditions - Special

16.0813.50890 Permit appeal and revocation

16.0813.51900 Compliance

16.0813.51910 Action in writing
159

16.0813.51920 Final determination

16.0813.51930 One stop permitting
DIVISION 1: USE REGULATIONS
§ 16.0813.010 PURPOSE AND INTENT.

Nine residential zones are established to provide a range of housing types and densities in sufficient supply to serve the needs of the city's residents. The residential zones are as follows:
(A) Hillside Residential - Planned Development (HR-PD) Zones. (1) The HR-PD zones are established to permit residential development in environmentally sensitive hillside areas. The zones are intended to limit density, preserve hillsides in a natural state to the extent possible, encourage grading respecting the natural contour of the hills, require the retention and planting of trees and other vegetation, and protect natural landmarks and prominent natural features which enhance the character of a specific area. Development standards for the HR-PD zones are shown in Table 0813-2 and further set forth in Division 3 of this chapter.
(2) Because of the varied terrain, vegetation, and scenic qualities unique to each hillside property, a Planned Development (PD) overlay will apply to each property zoned HR1 or HR2 to provide for flexibility in the design and development of each property. Each Hillside Residential-Planned Development project will be assigned a number that will be shown on the zoning map. The following HR-PD zones have been established:

Zone Allowable Density
HR1-PD 0 - 1 dwelling units/acre
HR2-PD 0 - 3 dwelling units/acre
(B) Rural Residential (R-A) Zone. The R-A zone provides areas for very low density, rural residential units. Low-intensity, noncommercial agricultural use that is secondary to the primary residential use is also permitted. The maximum permitted density in the R-A zone will be indicated by a minimum lot size suffix shown on the zoning map, but in no case will the maximum density exceed four units per acre. Development standards for the RA zone are shown in Table 0813-2.
(C) Single Family Residential Zone (R-1). The R-1 zone provides areas for single-family dwellings that incorporate private outdoor open spaces. The zone is intended to protect and stabilize desirable characteristics of single-family residential areas, such as minimum 160
lot sizes and separation from incompatible land uses. The maximum permitted density is seven units per acre. Development standards for the R-1 zone are shown in Table 0813-2. (D) Small Lot Single Family Residential Zone (R-1(a)). This zone accommodates legally established lots in the R-1 zone containing less than 6,000 square feet. Special development standards are established for such lots. Similar to the R-1 zone, the R-1(a) zone provides areas for single-family dwellings that incorporate private outdoor open spaces. The zone is intended to protect and stabilize desirable characteristics of single-family residential areas, such as minimum lot sizes and separation from incompatible land uses. The maximum permitted density is seven units per acre. Development standards for the R-1(a) zone are shown in Table 0813-2.
(E) Medium Density Residential Zone (R-2). The R-2 residential zone provides areas for low-density development consisting of duplexes, attached single-family units, or two detached single-family units on one lot. The maximum permitted density is 15 units per acre. Development standards for the R-2 zone are shown in Table 0813-2. (F) Medium-High Density Residential Zone (R-3). The R-3 zone provides areas to accommodate apartments, condominiums, townhomes, and other multi-family dwellings, although single-family and duplex residences are also permitted. Multi-family developments in this zone are characterized by dwellings containing private open space features, as well as common open space and recreational amenities. The maximum permitted density is 21 units per acre. Development standards for the R-3 zone are shown in Table 0813-2.
(G) High Density Residential Zone (R-4). The R-4 zone provides opportunities for highdensity residential development and is intended primarily to accommodate apartments, condominiums, town-homes, and other multi-family dwellings, although single-family and duplex residences are also permitted. Multi-family development is characterized by 2- to 3- story structures developed in a coordinated, cohesive manner around common open space features. The maximum permitted density is 29 units per acre. Development standards for the R-2 zone are shown in Table 0813-2.
(H) Mobile Home Park Zone (MHP). The MHP zone is intended to accommodate mobile home parks and mobile home subdivisions in order to provide park residents with a safe, comfortable, healthy and pleasant living environment. Mobile home parks and subdivisions are characterized by single-story mobile homes on individual lots/sites arranged in a coordinated, cohesive manner around common open space features. The maximum permitted density is ten units per acre. Development standards for the MHP zone are set forth in Division 6 of this chapter.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.020 LAND USE AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS.
(A) Table 0813-1 identifies the uses permitted in the HR1-PD, HR2-PD, R-A, R-1, R-1(a), R-2, R-3, R-4 and MHP zones. Residential uses represent the primary permitted use, and 161
only those additional uses that are complementary to, and can exist in harmony with, the residential character of each zone may be allowed as conditionally permitted, accessory, and temporary uses, as indicated in Table 0813-1. Accessory uses are not permitted on any property where a permitted primary use does not already exist. (B) Certain permitted uses and conditionally permitted uses may be subject to special conditions regarding the location, operation, or design of the use. Such uses are marked in Table 0813-1 with an asterisk (*), and the special conditions that apply are contained in Chapter 16.56 (Standards for Specific Land Uses) of this Title 16. (C) When a use is not specifically listed, the Planning DirectorDirector will have the authority to determine the zone in which the use is permitted based on its similarity to other uses in that zone, per Section 16.03.020 (Planning DirectorDirector Responsibilities) of this Title 16.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06; Am. Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13; Am. Ord. 1262, passed 2-1-16)
Table 0813-1
Permitted and Conditional Uses - Residential Zones
Use HRPD1HRPD2RAR1R1(a)R2R3R4M
H
P
Accessory Buildings (See Section 16.0813.040) A A A A A A A A A Agricultural Use A* A* A X X X X X X
Aviaries C C C C C X X X X
Batting Cage, Driving Range, or Similar Outdoor
Sporting facility

X X X X X X X X X
Cannabis Delivery X X X X X X X X X
Commercial Cannabis Activities X X X X X X X X X
Cultivation of Cannabis or Medical Marijuana X X X X X X X X X 162
Cemeteries C C C X X X X X X
Club or Lodge X X X X X X C C C
Community Care Facilities X X X X X* C* C* C* X
Day Care, Large Family (See Chapter 16.60) A* A* A* A* A* A* A* A* A *
Day Care, Small Family (See Chapter 16.60) A A A A A A A A A Day Care Center (See Chapter 16.60) C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C *
Dwelling, Duplex X X X X X P P P X
Dwelling, Multi-Family X X X X X P P P X
Dwelling, Single-Family P P P P P P P P P
Emergency Shelters (See Table 21-1, conditional uses
in Industrial Zone.)

X X X X X X X X X
Group Quarters, Dormitories, Single-Room Occupancy X X X X X X X C X Home Occupation (see Chapter 16.230) A* A* A* A* A* A* A* A* A *
Hospital or Sanitarium C C C X X X C C X
Kennel X X C X X X X X X
Migrant Farmworker Group Quarters (Also see Table
21-1, conditional uses in Industrial Zone.)

X X X X X X X C X
163
Mobile or Manufactured Home (see Chapter

16.13Chapter 16.08, Division 6)

P P P P P P P P P
Parking Lot, associated with nonresidential use X X X X X X X C X Pet (up to 4 adult dogs/cats) A A A A A A A A A
Pets, other than dog/cat (see Section 16.05.020 for
"Animal, Pet")
P* C* P* C* X X X X X
Radio and Television Transmitter (See Chapter 16.50) C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C *
Assembly Halls (includes Church, Temple, or Other
Religious Institutions) (see Chapter 16.62)
C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C* C
*
School or Education Facility, Private C C C C C C C C C Second Dwelling Unit ("Granny Flat")(See Chapter

16.13Chapter 16.08, Division 4)
A* A* A* A* A* X X X X
Key: P = Permitted Use
X = Prohibited Use
A = Accessory Use
C = Conditional Use Permit required (Chapter 16.218)
T = Temporary Use Permit required (Chapter 16.228)
* = Special conditions apply; see applicable chapter noted in this table. 164
DIVISION 2: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
§ 16.13.030 STANDARDS FOR PRIMARY DWELLINGS.
(A) Table 13-2 identifies the development standards applicable to primary residential dwellings in the R-A, R-1, R-1(a), R-2, R-3, and R-4 zones. Standards applicable to primary dwellings in the HR-PD and MHP zones are set forth respectively in Divisions 3 and 6 of this Chapter.
(B) The minimum lot width for a corner lot is measured at the required front yard setback line.
(C) For in-fill development, any front yard requirement will be deemed to be met when the depth of the front yard provided at least equals the average of that established by existing buildings which occupy 50% or more of the lots within the same block on zone. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06; Am. Ord. 1172, passed 7-2-07) Table 13-2
Development Standards - Residential Zones
Development
Standard
HR-PD1 HR-PD2 R-A R-1 R-1
(a)
<6,00
0 sf
lot
R-2 R-3 R-4 MHP

1. Density
A. Maximum (a)
0-1 du/ac,
depending
on slope.

See
Section

16.13.110
0-3 du/ac,
depending
on slope.

See
Section

16.13.110
R-A
(10,000):
4 du/ac
R-A
(20,000):
2 du/ac
7 du/ac
7 du/ac
15 du/a
c
21 du/ac
29 du/ac 10
du/ac
B. Minimum (b) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 16
du/ac
22 du/ac N/A

2. Minimum Lot
Area
43,560 sf
(1 acre)
14,500 sf R-A-10:
10,000 sf
6,000
sf
N/A 6,00
0 sf,
and
not
6,000 sf,
and not
less
than
6,000 sf,
and not
less than
3,500
sf (d)
165
R-A-20:
20,000 sf
less
than
3,00
0 sf/un
it
2,000
sf/unit
1,500
sf/unit

3. Maximum Lot
Coverage
40 % 60 % 40 % 60% 70% 60% 60% 60% 75%
(d)

4. Minimum Lot
Width
(Interior Lot)
60 ft 60 ft 60 ft 60 ft. N/A 60 ft. 60 ft. 60 ft. 45 ft. (d)

5. Minimum Lot
Width
(Corner Lot)
See
Section 16.13.030(C)
65 ft. 65 ft. 65 ft. 65 ft. 45 ft. 65 ft. 65 ft. 65 ft. 45 ft. (d)

6. Maximum
Building Height
35 ft. or 2-
½ stories
35 ft. or 2-
½ stories
35 ft. or
2-½
stories
35 ft.
or 2-
½
storie
s
35 ft.
or 2-½
stories
35 ft.
or 2-
½
stori
es
45 ft.; 3
stories
maximu
m
45 ft.; 3
stories
maximum
25 ft.
or 1-
½
storie
s (d)

7. Minimum
Dwelling Unit
Size (e)
750 sf 750 sf 750 sf 750 sf 650 sf 1-
bdrm
: 600
sf 2-
bdrm
: 750
sf 3-
bdrm
: 900
sf
4+
bdrm
1-bdrm:
600 sf
2-bdrm:
750 sf
3-bdrm:
900 sf
4+
bdrm:
1,050 sf
1-bdrm:
600 sf 2-
bdrm: 750
sf 3-bdrm:
900 sf
4+ bdrm:
1,050 sf
500 sf
(d)
166
:
1,05
0 sf

8. Distance between
dwelling
unit buildings
(Minimum)
10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 6 ft (d)

9. Distance between
dwelling
unit building(s) and
accessory
building(s)
(Minimum)
10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 6 ft (d)

10. Distance
between
accessory buildings
(Minimum)
6 ft. 6 ft. 6 ft. 6 ft. 6 ft. 6 ft. 6 ft. 6 ft. 6 ft
(d)

11. Front Yard
Setback -
Interior Lot
(Minimum)
Not less
than 25 ft.
from the
ultimate
street
right-ofway line
Not less
than 20 ft.
from the
ultimate
street
right-ofway line
Not less
than 25
ft. from
the
ultimate
street
right-ofway line
Not
less
than
20 ft.
from
the
ultima
te
street
rightofway
line
Not
less
than
15 ft.
from
the
ultima
te
street
rightofway
line
(c)
Not
less
than
20 ft.
from
the
ultim
ate
stree
t
right
-ofway
line
Not less
than 20
ft. from
the
ultimate
street
right-ofway line
Not less
than 20 ft.
from the
ultimate
street
right-ofway line
Not
less
than
5 ft.
from
any
privat
e or
public
road
way
(d)
167

12. Side Yard
Setback -
Interior Lot
(Minimum)
10 ft. on
both sides
10 ft. on
both sides
10 ft. on
both
sides
10 ft.
on
one
side, 5
ft. on
the
other
side
5 ft. on
both
sides
5 ft.
on
both
sides
5 ft. on
both
sides
5 ft. on
both sides
3 ft.
on
both
sides(
d)

13. Side Yard
Setback -
Corner Lot
(Minimum)
10 ft. on
both sides
10 ft. on
both sides
10 ft. on
both
sides
10 ft.
on
street
side, 5
ft. on
interi
or
side
10 ft.
on
street
side, 5
ft on
interio
r side
10 ft.
on
stree
t
side,
5 ft
on
interi
or
side
10 ft. on
street
side, 5 ft
on
interior
side
10 ft. on
street
side, 5 ft
on
interior
side
5 ft.
on
street
side,
3 ft
on
interi
or
side
(d)

14. Rear Yard
Setback -
Single story
(Minimum)
25 ft. 10 ft. 25 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 20 ft. 20 ft. 20 ft. 3 ft. (d)

15. Rear Yard
Setback -
Second story
(Minimum)
25 ft. 20 ft. 25 ft. 20 ft. 15 ft. 25 ft. 25 ft. 25 ft. NA

16. Rear Yard
Setback - for
buildings of 35 ft or
higher
(Minimum)
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 25 ft. 25 ft. 25 ft. NA
168
Abbreviations: du(s) = dwelling unit(s); sf = square feet; ft. = feet; bdrm = bedroom; N/A = not applicable
Notes: (a) A density bonus of at least 25% may be granted in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter 16.13, Division 7 (Density Bonuses). (b) Densities below the required minimum density may be approved through a Conditional Use Permit review and approval.

However, in no case may the density be less than 50% of the required minimum density for the zone.
(c) All garage doors must be set back at least 20 feet from ultimate street right-of-way line.
(d) Standards apply to individual lots/sites in mobile home park. For mobile home park development standards, see Division 6 of Chapter 16.13. (e) Standard does not apply to second dwelling units, pursuant to Division 4 of this Chapter 16.13.
§ 16.13.040 ACCESSORY BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES.

The following standards apply to all single-story detached non-habitable accessory buildings and structures in a residential zone. Two story detached non-habitable accessory buildings must comply with the setback requirements for primary dwellings in the underlying zone.
(A) Non-habitable accessory building in side yard.
(1) An accessory building or structure is allowed along the side property line not abutting a street if:
(a) The accessory building is located 50 feet or more from the front property line of all residential zones.
(b) There is no door, window, or similar opening on the wall of the accessory building to be located along the property line; and
(c) All roof drainage is accommodated on the property on which the building or structure is placed.

Otherwise, the minimum side yard requirements will be the same as required for the main building.
(2) The following minimum side yard setbacks are required for any accessory building or structure located within a side yard abutting a public street:
169
(a) An accessory building located 50 feet or more from the front property line must have a minimum setback of 10 feet; otherwise, the setback must be the same as required for the main building.
(3) An accessory building with direct alley access must be located a minimum of 26 feet from the opposite side of the alley (see Figure 13-1) or 2 feet from the property line, whichever is greater.

Figure 13-1
Setbacks for Accessory Buildings
(4) A notice of land use restriction must be recorded on the property to: (a) limit the use of the structure to an accessory building, and (b) specify that the structure cannot be used or converted to a dwelling unit at any time in the future unless the accessory building complies with all applicable state and local laws including all provisions in the Municipal Code and Development Code.
(5) Calculations to determine building size and setback requirements for alterations or additions to a nonconforming structure (Chapter 16.114 of this Title 16) may not include detached accessory buildings.
(B) Non-habitable accessory building in rear yard.
(1) An accessory building is permitted along the rear property line if:
(a) There is no opening along the property line;
(b) All roof drainage is accommodated on the property on which the building or structure is placed.

Otherwise, a minimum rear yard setback of three feet is required. 170
(2) An accessory building with direct vehicle access from the alley must be located a minimum distance of 26 feet from the opposite side of the alley or two feet from the property line, whichever is greater.
(3) On a reverse corner lot, the accessory building must have a minimum setback of five feet from the rear property line, which is also the side property line of an adjoining property.
(4) A notice of land use restriction must be recorded on the property to: (a) limit the use of the structure to an accessory building, and (b) specify that the structure cannot be used or converted to a dwelling unit at any time in the future unless the accessory building complies with all state and local laws including all provisions in the Municipal Code and Development Code.
(5) Calculations to determine building size and setback requirements for alterations or additions to a nonconforming structure (Chapter 16.114 of this Title 16) may not include detached accessory buildings.
(C) Habitable accessory buildings. The following standards apply to all habitable accessory buildings and structures in a residential zone. A habitable building includes a guest house, recreational room, hobby room, home office or workshop used in conjunction with an approved home occupancy permit and other buildings defined by the Building and Safety Code as habitable structures.
(1) Habitable accessory structures must conform to all setback standards of the primary dwelling.
(2) Habitable accessory structures must conform to the maximum height and lot coverage provisions of the zone.
(3) Habitable accessory structures must be designed and constructed with materials that are comparable to and compatible with the primary residence and other residences in the vicinity.
(4) No additional parking will be required for a habitable accessory structure.

However, all existing on-site parking must be maintained. (5) A guest house can only be used by the occupants of the principal dwelling or their nonpaying guests.
(6) A guest house is not allowed if the property contains an existing granny flat or second unit.
(7) Accessory buildings used for home occupations cannot include kitchen facilities. (8) A notice of land use restriction must be recorded on the property to: prevent structures from being rented; limiting use of structures to an accessory building; specifying that structures cannot be used or converted to a dwelling unit at any time in the future unless the accessory building complies with all state and local laws including all provisions in this Code.
171
(9) Calculations to determine building size and setback requirements for alterations or additions to a nonconforming structure cannot include habitable accessory buildings. (10) Guest houses, recreational rooms and similar habitable accessory structures are subject to administrative approval by the Planning Director with Design Review. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06; Am. Ord. 1172, passed 7-2-07; Am. Ord. 1192, passed 6-16-08)
§ 16.13.050 OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS IN R-2, R-3, AND R-4 ZONES. (A) Applicability. Every lot and building site in the R-2, R-3, and R-4 zones must provide common usable open space and private usable open space in accordance with the provisions of this section. The Planning Director, through the design review process or other permit review procedure, may approve only those plans that conform to the requirements of this section.
(B) Common usable open space.
(1) A minimum of 125 square feet of common usable open space must be provided for each bedroom in a unit or for each studio apartment situated on the lot and building site. (2) The required common usable open space must be arranged to provide at least 50% of the space in at least one area. The minimum dimensions of such space must be 25 feet by 25 feet. The remaining required common usable open space may be distributed throughout the building site and need not be in one such area; provided, however, no area containing less than 50 square feet will be considered common usable open space. (3) All required common usable open space must be improved in a manner appropriate to its intended purposes, and all landscaping must comply with the requirements of §

16.13.060 below. Natural features of the site reasonably worthy of preservation, as determined by the Planning Director through the design review or other permit review procedure, may be retained in their natural state and need not be improved, but must be maintained. Natural areas may be improved with such items as irrigation lines and additional plant materials to assist in assuring the lasting retention of the natural feature being preserved.
(4) A minimum of 50% of the required common usable open space must be located on those portions of the lot or building site where the slope is no greater than 10%. (C) Private usable open space.
(1) A minimum of 100 square feet of private usable open space must be provided for each ground floor dwelling unit. All private usable open space must be enclosed by an opaque fence or wall not more than 6 feet nor less than 4 feet in height. (2) Dimensions of private usable open space must be a minimum of eight feet. 172
(3) Not more than 50% of the private usable open space may be covered by an overhang, balcony, or patio roof not less than seven feet in height. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06) § 16.13.060 LANDSCAPING.
(A) Purpose. These landscaping standards are established to ensure that each residential development maintains attractive planted areas that provide complementary design components to buildings on a site. These standards are intended to allow for creativity and to provide latitude in the design of landscaping and irrigation plans, and to encourage design that conserves and recycles the resources invested in landscapes. Landscape and irrigation plans are encouraged to take full advantage of the wide range of drought-tolerant landscape material and low-water-flow irrigation systems available within the framework established by this section. All landscaping must comply with City Resolution 3675 establishing guidelines for the preparation of landscape and irrigation plans. (B) Landscaping required.
(1) Landscaping with plant materials is required in the front yards of all residential development, including detached single-family units.
(2) Landscaping with plant materials must be provided in common open space areas and yard setback areas of multiple-family developments and mobile home parks. (3) All required front yards must be landscaped.
(4) Landscaping of required off-street parking areas must be provided as set forth in §

16.46.140 (Landscaping Required) of Chapter 16.46 (Off-Street Parking and Loading) of this Title 16.
(5) No more than 20% of any required landscaped area may be covered with hardscape or other non-plant materials such as fountains, rocks, masonry or brick work, paving, or similar feature.
(C) Irrigation required. All required landscape areas must be provided with permanent underground
irrigation systems suitable for the type of landscaping provided. (D) Landscape maintenance. All landscaping must be maintained in a neat and healthy condition and in a manner that prevents adverse public health, safety, and welfare effects. (E) Landscape and irrigation plans required.
(1) Landscape and irrigation plans are required for all residential development proposals for five or more units.
173
(2) The plan must indicate the square footage of each landscaping area, report the total square footage devoted to landscaping with plant materials, identify each landscaping area and the types of plants to be provided therein, list the container size of each plant, and clearly portray the entire landscaping layout and irrigation system. (3) No building permit may be issued until landscaping and irrigation plans have been reviewed and approved by the Planning Director or the designee. (F) Water-conserving features. Landscape and irrigation plans must take full advantage of available drought-tolerant landscape materials and low-water-flow irrigation systems, except where such action conflicts with adopted fire prevention plans, or the Fire Chief determines that such would create a fire hazard.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.13.070 REQUIRED FEATURES.
(A) Required architectural features. All dwelling units, including mobile homes placed on a permanent foundation, constructed, erected or moved onto a permanent foundation on property in any residential area must conform to the following standards:
(1) The construction or installation must meet all city, state and federal requirements. (2) No sheet metal roofs are permitted; provided, however, that metal roofs that simulate wood shake and shingle roofs are permitted, as are metal patio roofs. (3) All main buildings or structures must have eave overhangs of a minimum of 16 inches or a minimum 1-foot-high parapet extending above roof level. (4) No metal siding is permitted, with the exception of metal lap siding. (5) All buildings must include a perimeter concrete or masonry stem wall, whether structural or ornamental. The stem wall must have the appearance of extending from grade up to the base of the exterior wall.
(B) Required interior features. All dwelling units, including multifamily dwelling units and mobile homes placed on permanent foundations, must conform to the following standards:
(1) The construction or installation must meet all city, state and federal requirements. (2) All dwelling units must be insulated from exterior noise. Wall and floor/ceiling assemblies separating units from each other or from public or quasi-public spaces such as interior corridors, laundry rooms, recreation rooms, and garages must provide airborne sound insulation (minimum rating of 55 STC) for walls, and both airborne and impact sound insulation (minimum rating of 65 IIC) for floor/ceiling assemblies. (3) Each new dwelling unit must include utilities for future washer and dryer installation, unless an approved laundry facility is included within the development. Such 174
utilities must be constructed with readily accessible outlets for plumbing (hot and cold water) and gas outlets when available or electrical outlets. (4) A minimum of 10% of all dwelling units in a development, with the exception of mobile homes, must be designed to be handicap adaptable and/or accessible, pursuant to California accessibility requirements.
(C) Required site features. In addition to open space requirements outlined in §

16.13.050, the following site features are required on all residential properties. (1) The configuration and orientation of the project should respect reasonable design limits imposed by the natural and manmade environment. Structures should be situated to take advantage of view, topography, sun and wind, while at the same time not destroying these advantages for adjacent properties. Structures should also be situated to minimize or buffer any undesirable properties of the site such as street noise and nearby obnoxious commercial or industrial uses.
(2) The layout of units and open space within the project should establish, through the use of structure and manmade and landscape materials, a perceptible spatial transition from the public street, through the semi-privacy of the common areas, to the privacy of the unit. Most importantly, the environment of each dwelling unit should be private and free from visual, auditory and other intrusions.
(D) Required storage area. All multi-family dwelling units must conform to the following standards:
(1) At least one private, lockable storage area must be provided for each dwelling unit when there is more than one dwelling unit on the same lot or building site. (2) The storage area must be located either:
(a) Within a carport and protected from the elements;
(b) At some nearby, convenient location, located outside the dwellings; (c) In a garage if the garage can be locked by the resident and the storage area does not encroach on the required 10 foot by 20 foot parking area. (3) The storage area must meet the following standards:
(a) A minimum capacity of 90 cubic feet;
(b) No dimension of less than 30 inches;
(c) When built as an above-ground cabinet in a carport or garage, the cabinet must be high enough above the ground to maintain the required parking area and designed to prevent the collapse of the cabinet onto a vehicle.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06) 175
§ 16.30.080 [RESERVED.]
§ 16.30.090 [RESERVED.]
DIVISION 3: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR HR-PD ZONES
§ 16.0813.040 ACCESSORY BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES.

The following standards apply to all single-story detached non-habitable accessory buildings and structures in a residential zone. Two story detached non-habitable accessory buildings must comply with the setback requirements for primary dwellings in the underlying zone.
(A) Non-habitable accessory building in side yard.
(1) An accessory building or structure is allowed along the side property line not abutting a street if:
(a) The accessory building is located 50 feet or more from the front property line of all residential zones.
(b) There is no door, window, or similar opening on the wall of the accessory building to be located along the property line; and
(c) All roof drainage is accommodated on the property on which the building or structure is placed.

Otherwise, the minimum side yard requirements will be the same as required for the main building.
(2) The following minimum side yard setbacks are required for any accessory building or structure located within a side yard abutting a public street:
(a) An accessory building located 50 feet or more from the front property line must have a minimum setback of 10 feet; otherwise, the setback must be the same as required for the main building.
(3) An accessory building with direct alley access must be located a minimum of 26 feet from the opposite side of the alley (see Figure 0813-1) or 2 feet from the property line, whichever is greater.
176
Figure 0813-1
Setbacks for Accessory Buildings
(4) A notice of land use restriction must be recorded on the property to: (a) limit the use of the structure to an accessory building, and (b) specify that the structure cannot be used or converted to a dwelling unit at any time in the future unless the accessory building complies with all applicable state and local laws including all provisions in the Municipal Code and Development Code.
(5) Calculations to determine building size and setback requirements for alterations or additions to a nonconforming structure (Chapter 16.114 of this Title 16) may not include detached accessory buildings.
(B) Non-habitable accessory building in rear yard.
(1) An accessory building is permitted along the rear property line if:
(a) There is no opening along the property line;
(b) All roof drainage is accommodated on the property on which the building or structure is placed.

Otherwise, a minimum rear yard setback of three feet is required. (2) An accessory building with direct vehicle access from the alley must be located a minimum distance of 26 feet from the opposite side of the alley or two feet from the property line, whichever is greater.
(3) On a reverse corner lot, the accessory building must have a minimum setback of five feet from the rear property line, which is also the side property line of an adjoining property.
177
(4) A notice of land use restriction must be recorded on the property to: (a) limit the use of the structure to an accessory building, and (b) specify that the structure cannot be used or converted to a dwelling unit at any time in the future unless the accessory building complies with all state and local laws including all provisions in the Municipal Code and Development Code.
(5) Calculations to determine building size and setback requirements for alterations or additions to a nonconforming structure (Chapter 16.114 of this Title 16) may not include detached accessory buildings.
(C) Habitable accessory buildings. The following standards apply to all habitable accessory buildings and structures in a residential zone. A habitable building includes a guest house, recreational room, hobby room, home office or workshop used in conjunction with an approved home occupancy permit and other buildings defined by the Building and Safety Code as habitable structures.
(1) Habitable accessory structures must conform to all setback standards of the primary dwelling.
(2) Habitable accessory structures must conform to the maximum height and lot coverage provisions of the zone.
(3) Habitable accessory structures must be designed and constructed with materials that are comparable to and compatible with the primary residence and other residences in the vicinity.
(4) No additional parking will be required for a habitable accessory structure.

However, all existing on-site parking must be maintained. (5) A guest house can only be used by the occupants of the principal dwelling or their nonpaying guests.
(6) A guest house is not allowed if the property contains an existing granny flat or second unit.
(7) Accessory buildings used for home occupations cannot include kitchen facilities. (8) A notice of land use restriction must be recorded on the property to: prevent structures from being rented; limiting use of structures to an accessory building; specifying that structures cannot be used or converted to a dwelling unit at any time in the future unless the accessory building complies with all state and local laws including all provisions in this Code.
(9) Calculations to determine building size and setback requirements for alterations or additions to a nonconforming structure cannot include habitable accessory buildings. (10) Guest houses, recreational rooms and similar habitable accessory structures are subject to administrative approval by the Planning DirectorDirector with Design Review. 178
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06; Am. Ord. 1172, passed 7-2-07; Am. Ord. 1192, passed 6-16-08)
§ 16.0813.050 OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS IN R-2, R-3, AND R-4 ZONES. (A) Applicability. Every lot and building site in the R-2, R-3, and R-4 zones must provide common usable open space and private usable open space in accordance with the provisions of this section. The Planning DirectorDirector, through the design review process or other permit review procedure, may approve only those plans that conform to the requirements of this section.
(B) Common usable open space.
(1) A minimum of 125 square feet of common usable open space must be provided for each bedroom in a unit or for each studio apartment situated on the lot and building site. (2) The required common usable open space must be arranged to provide at least 50% of the space in at least one area. The minimum dimensions of such space must be 25 feet by 25 feet. The remaining required common usable open space may be distributed throughout the building site and need not be in one such area; provided, however, no area containing less than 50 square feet will be considered common usable open space. (3) All required common usable open space must be improved in a manner appropriate to its intended purposes, and all landscaping must comply with the requirements of §

16.0813.060 below. Natural features of the site reasonably worthy of preservation, as determined by the Planning DirectorDirector through the design review or other permit review procedure, may be retained in their natural state and need not be improved, but must be maintained. Natural areas may be improved with such items as irrigation lines and additional plant materials to assist in assuring the lasting retention of the natural feature being preserved.
(4) A minimum of 50% of the required common usable open space must be located on those portions of the lot or building site where the slope is no greater than 10%. (C) Private usable open space.
(1) A minimum of 100 square feet of private usable open space must be provided for each ground floor dwelling unit. All private usable open space must be enclosed by an opaque fence or wall not more than 6 feet nor less than 4 feet in height. (2) Dimensions of private usable open space must be a minimum of eight feet. (3) Not more than 50% of the private usable open space may be covered by an overhang, balcony, or patio roof not less than seven feet in height. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06) 179
§ 16.0813.060 LANDSCAPING.
(A) Purpose. These landscaping standards are established to ensure that each residential development maintains attractive planted areas that provide complementary design components to buildings on a site. These standards are intended to allow for creativity and to provide latitude in the design of landscaping and irrigation plans, and to encourage design that conserves and recycles the resources invested in landscapes. Landscape and irrigation plans are encouraged to take full advantage of the wide range of drought-tolerant landscape material and low-water-flow irrigation systems available within the framework established by this section. All landscaping must comply with City Resolution 3675 establishing guidelines for the preparation of landscape and irrigation plans. (B) Landscaping required.
(1) Landscaping with plant materials is required in the front yards of all residential development, including detached single-family units.
(2) Landscaping with plant materials must be provided in common open space areas and yard setback areas of multiple-family developments and mobile home parks. (3) All required front yards must be landscaped.
(4) Landscaping of required off-street parking areas must be provided as set forth in §

16.46.140 (Landscaping Required) of Chapter 16.46 (Off-Street Parking and Loading) of this Title 16.
(5) No more than 20% of any required landscaped area may be covered with hardscape or other non-plant materials such as fountains, rocks, masonry or brick work, paving, or similar feature.
(C) Irrigation required. All required landscape areas must be provided with permanent underground
irrigation systems suitable for the type of landscaping provided. (D) Landscape maintenance. All landscaping must be maintained in a neat and healthy condition and in a manner that prevents adverse public health, safety, and welfare effects. (E) Landscape and irrigation plans required.
(1) Landscape and irrigation plans are required for all residential development proposals for five or more units.
(2) The plan must indicate the square footage of each landscaping area, report the total square footage devoted to landscaping with plant materials, identify each landscaping area and the types of plants to be provided therein, list the container size of each plant, and clearly portray the entire landscaping layout and irrigation system. (3) No building permit may be issued until landscaping and irrigation plans have been reviewed and approved by the Planning DirectorDirector or the designee. 180
(F) Water-conserving features. Landscape and irrigation plans must take full advantage of available drought-tolerant landscape materials and low-water-flow irrigation systems, except where such action conflicts with adopted fire prevention plans, or the Fire Chief determines that such would create a fire hazard.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.070 REQUIRED FEATURES.
(A) Required architectural features. All dwelling units, including mobile homes placed on a permanent foundation, constructed, erected or moved onto a permanent foundation on property in any residential area must conform to the following standards:
(1) The construction or installation must meet all city, state and federal requirements. (2) No sheet metal roofs are permitted; provided, however, that metal roofs that simulate wood shake and shingle roofs are permitted, as are metal patio roofs. (3) All main buildings or structures must have eave overhangs of a minimum of 16 inches or a minimum 1-foot-high parapet extending above roof level. (4) No metal siding is permitted, with the exception of metal lap siding. (5) All buildings must include a perimeter concrete or masonry stem wall, whether structural or ornamental. The stem wall must have the appearance of extending from grade up to the base of the exterior wall.
(B) Required interior features. All dwelling units, including multifamily dwelling units and mobile homes placed on permanent foundations, must conform to the following standards:
(1) The construction or installation must meet all city, state and federal requirements. (2) All dwelling units must be insulated from exterior noise. Wall and floor/ceiling assemblies separating units from each other or from public or quasi-public spaces such as interior corridors, laundry rooms, recreation rooms, and garages must provide airborne sound insulation (minimum rating of 55 STC) for walls, and both airborne and impact sound insulation (minimum rating of 65 IIC) for floor/ceiling assemblies. (3) Each new dwelling unit must include utilities for future washer and dryer installation, unless an approved laundry facility is included within the development. Such utilities must be constructed with readily accessible outlets for plumbing (hot and cold water) and gas outlets when available or electrical outlets. (4) A minimum of 10% of all dwelling units in a development, with the exception of mobile homes, must be designed to be handicap adaptable and/or accessible, pursuant to California accessibility requirements.
181
(C) Required site features. In addition to open space requirements outlined in §

16.13.050, the following site features are required on all residential properties. (1) The configuration and orientation of the project should respect reasonable design limits imposed by the natural and manmade environment. Structures should be situated to take advantage of view, topography, sun and wind, while at the same time not destroying these advantages for adjacent properties. Structures should also be situated to minimize or buffer any undesirable properties of the site such as street noise and nearby obnoxious commercial or industrial uses.
(2) The layout of units and open space within the project should establish, through the use of structure and manmade and landscape materials, a perceptible spatial transition from the public street, through the semi-privacy of the common areas, to the privacy of the unit. Most importantly, the environment of each dwelling unit should be private and free from visual, auditory and other intrusions.
(D) Required storage area. All multi-family dwelling units must conform to the following standards:
(1) At least one private, lockable storage area must be provided for each dwelling unit when there is more than one dwelling unit on the same lot or building site. (2) The storage area must be located either:
(a) Within a carport and protected from the elements;
(b) At some nearby, convenient location, located outside the dwellings; (c) In a garage if the garage can be locked by the resident and the storage area does not encroach on the required 10 foot by 20 foot parking area. (3) The storage area must meet the following standards:
(a) A minimum capacity of 90 cubic feet;
(b) No dimension of less than 30 inches;
(c) When built as an above-ground cabinet in a carport or garage, the cabinet must be high enough above the ground to maintain the required parking area and designed to prevent the collapse of the cabinet onto a vehicle.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06) § 16.0830.080 [RESERVED.]
§ 16.0830.090 [RESERVED.]
182
DIVISION 3: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR HR-PD ZONES
§ 16.0813.100 APPLICABILITY.
(A) These regulations apply to all properties zoned HR-PD. Separate standards for the HR-PD zone are established to ensure that residential development in hillside areas is designed and developed to respect and respond to environmental conditions unique to the property. This section establishes performance standards for the design of subdivisions in the HR-PD zone and for development of individual lots within subdivisions. The grading standards set forth in Chapters 16.96 through 16.98 (Grading and Erosion Control) of this Title 16 also apply to development in the HR-PD zone.
(B) All parcels recorded prior to May 1, 1978 and which are subsequently placed in the HR-PD zone are subject to the provisions of this section. However, one dwelling unit is permitted on any legal parcel established prior to May 1, 1978 which has a slope of 30% or greater.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.110 MAXIMUM DENSITY.
(A) Slope calculation. Density will be based upon the average slope percentage. For the purpose of determining the average slope percentage of a property in the HR- PD zone, the average slope of a parcel of land or any portion thereof must be calculated by applying the formula
S = 0.00229 IL
A
to the natural slope of the land before any grading. Such slope must be determined from a topographic map conforming to national mapping standards and having a scale of not less than 1 inch equals 200 feet and a contour interval of not less than five feet. The letters in the slope formula have the following meanings:

S = average slope percentage
I = contour interval, in feet
L = summation of length of contours, in feet
A = area in acres of parcel being considered.
(B) Density restrictions. The maximum permitted density on a lot will be based upon the average slope percentage and will be restricted as follows:
183
Slope Maximum Density
10-14.9 3.0 du/ac
15-19.9 2.5 du/ac
20-24.9 2.0 du/ac
25-29.9 1.5 du/ac
30 and over 0.0 du/ac
(C) Greater density permitted. Where the average slope percentage is less than 10%, the City Council may allow a maximum density of four units per gross acre for an entire subdivision or development project.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.120 LOT AREA, LOT COVERAGE, BUILDING HEIGHT, AND THE LIKE.

All primary dwellings in the HR-PD zones must conform to the following development standards:

Table 0813-3
Development Standards - HR-PD Zones
Development Feature HR-PD1 Standard HR-PD2 Standard
Lot Area (Minimum) 43,560 sf (1 acre) 14,500 sf
Lot Coverage (Maximum) 40 % 60 %
Lot Width - Interior Lot (Minimum) 60 ft 60 ft
Lot Width - Corner Lot (Minimum) 65 ft. 65 ft.

Building Height (Maximum) 2-1/2 stories above finished
grade
2-1/2 stories above finished
grade
Dwelling Unit Size (Minimum) 750 sf 750 sf
184
Distance between Primary Residence and
Accessory Building (Minimum)
10 ft. 10 ft.

Distance between Accessory Buildings
(Minimum)
6 ft. 6 ft.

Front Yard Setback (Minimum) Not less than 25 ft. from
ultimate street right-of-way
line
Not less than 20 ft. from
ultimate street right-of-way
line
Side Yard Setback - Interior Lot
(Minimum)
10 ft. on both sides 10 ft. on both sides
Side Yard Setback - Corner Lot
(Minimum)
10 ft. on both sides 10 ft. on both sides
Rear Yard Setback -Single story
(Minimum)
25 ft. 10 ft.

Rear Yard Setback -Second story
(Minimum)
25 ft. 20 ft.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.130 GRADING REGULATIONS.

All grading must conform to applicable requirements set forth in Chapters 16.96 through

16.98 (Grading and Erosion Control) of this Title 16.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.140 BUILDING DESIGN.

All dwelling units and accessory structures must be designed and constructed to respect and reflect the hillside environment and the terrain existing on individual development sites. The following standards apply:
185
(A) The walls of the building on the down-slope side must not be more than 20 feet high, measured from the finished grade to the building eave line. (B) Stepped foundations must be provided to allow a building to conform to the existing natural terrain.

Figure 0813-2
Stepped Foundation
(C) Except for solar energy apparatuses, rooftop mechanical equipment is prohibited. (D) Roof slope should be oriented in the same direction as the natural hill slope. (E) The use of large roof overhangs and cantilevers is limited. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.150 FIRE HAZARD MITIGATION.

To reduce the risk of loss of life and property in the event of a fire in hillside environments, the following fire hazard mitigation standards apply to all development in the HR-PD zone:
(A) The placement of all buildings on a lot must be in such a manner that adequate clearance of flammable plant and landscape materials may be performed on the lot. (B) The roofs and exteriors of buildings must be of fire retardant materials, as provided by the Building Code.
(C) All brush identified by the Fire Department as hazardous must be cleared. This includes all flammable vegetation and other combustible growth but does not apply to single specimen trees, ornamental shrubbery, and cultivated groundcover such as grass, ivy, succulents, or similar plants used as ground cover, provided such landscaping does not create a means to readily transmit fire.
186
(D) Notwithstanding the provisions of Chapter 16.232 (Tree Removal Permit) of this Title 16, that portion of any tree that extends within ten feet of the top of any chimney must be removed or trimmed.
(E) All combustible vegetative cover or other combustible growth within 100 feet of a building site must be removed prior to the construction of any building, as specified in the fire code.
(F) Grass and similar vegetation located more than 30 feet from a structure and less than 18 inches in height above the ground may be maintained where necessary to stabilize soil erosion.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.160 EROSION CONTROL.
(A) All manufactured slopes, other than those constructed in stable bedrock, must be planted or otherwise protected from the effects of stormwater runoff erosion within 30 days of the creation of the slope. Planting must be designed to blend the slope with the surrounding terrain and development in terms of coverage, color, and type of plant material. An irrigation system must be provided and maintained to ensure proper maintenance of landscaped slopes.
(B) Manufactured slopes in stable bedrock must be provided with landscaped soil pockets, with the landscaping to consist of plant materials designed to blend the slope with the surrounding terrain and development in terms of coverage, color, and type of plant material. An irrigation system must be provided and maintained to ensure proper maintenance of landscaped slopes.
(C) Landscaping and irrigation plans for such slope planting must be submitted and approved by the Planning DirectorDirector and City Engineer prior to the issuance of building permits. All such slopes must be planted and provided with irrigation systems prior to the issuance of occupancy permits.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.13.170 [RESERVED.]
DIVISION 4: SECOND DWELLING UNITS
DIVISION 5: SPECIAL REGULATIONS
187
§ 16.0813.200 RESTRICTIONS ON VEHICLE PARKING.
(A) Motorized vehicles or recreational equipment, either operable or inoperable, are not permitted to be parked within any front yard area. Vehicles parked behind the front yard area must be screened from the public right-of-way.
(B) No vehicle with a gross vehicular weight of 6,000 pounds or greater may be parked on any portion of a lot within a residential zone. This restriction will not apply to delivery, service, or similar vehicles providing temporary service. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.210 KEEPING OF ANIMALS.
(A) Purpose and intent.
(1) These regulations for the keeping of animals are established to ensure protection of the health, safety, and general welfare of persons in residential neighborhoods. (2) No animal may be kept in any manner that constitutes a health hazard or noise nuisance to the owner or to any neighbor.
(B) Dogs and cats. Up to three dogs and three cats may be kept per residence in any residential zone, provided the keeping of dogs does not constitute the establishment or maintenance of a commercial kennel as defined by this Title 16. (C) Equine and bovine species. Horses, mules, cows and other equine species and bovine species are permitted only in the HR-PD and R-A zones, subject to the following regulations:
(1) One equine animal is permitted for each one-half acre of lot or building site. (2) One bovine animal is permitted for each one acre of lot area. (3) Any stable, barn, corral, or other animal enclosure must be located as follows:
(a) A minimum distance of 50 feet from any dwelling or other building used for human habitation;
(b) A minimum distance of 100 feet from the front lot line of the lot upon which it is located;
188
Figure 0813-3
Setbacks for Animal Enclosure
(c) A minimum distance of 100 feet from any public park, school, hospital, or similar institution;
(d) A minimum distance of 20 feet from any interior side lot line or rear lot line; and (e) A minimum distance of 75 feet from any side street, or the distance equal to onehalf the width of the lot abutting the side street, whichever distance is lesser. (D) Swine. The keeping of swine is permitted only in the R-A zone, subject to the following regulations:
(1) A minimum lot size of two acres is required for the keeping of swine. (2) One swine is permitted for the first two acres of lot area, with one additional swine permitted for each additional acre. In no case, however, may the number of swine kept exceed ten.
(3) The minimum distance requirements for animal keeping areas set forth in subsection 16.0813.100(C)(3) above must be adhered to.
(E) Poultry, rabbits, and other small animals.
(1) The keeping of poultry (excluding roosters, peacocks and peahens, geese, turkeys, guineas), rabbits, chinchillas, hamsters, reptiles, and other small animals, except foxes and exotic animals, is permitted in the HR-PD, R-A, R-1, and R-2 zones, subject to the following regulations.
(a) A minimum lot area of 6,000 square feet is required for the outdoor keeping of small animals.
189
(b) The total number of small animals permitted and restrictions on the number of specific types or species are as specified in Table 0813-4.

Table 0813-4
Limitations on Number of Small Animals
Zone and Lot Size Total Number of Small
Animals Permitted
Type of Small Animal and Maximum
Number Permitted
Poultry* Rabbits Rodents Reptiles
R-2 and R-1 lots
containing less than 6,000
sf
4 2 2 2 2
R-1 and HR-PD: 6,000 -
10,000 sf lots
4 2 2 2 2
R-1 and HR: 10,000 sf -1
acre lots
6 2 4 4 4
R-1 and HR(PD): Lots
larger than 1 acre
10 4 4 4 4
R-A: 10,000 sf -1 acre lots 15 6 5 5 4
R-A: Lots larger than 1
acre
25 12 5 5 5
Abbreviation: sf = square feet
* Excluding roosters, peacocks and peahens, geese, turkeys, guineas (c) All such animals may be kept in a completely enclosed pen or cage. Any outdoor pen, cage, or other enclosure used for the keeping of small animals must be maintained a minimum distance of 25 feet from any dwelling or other building used for human habitation.
190
(2) The following small animals are permitted in the R-3 and R-4 zones: hamsters, rats, mice, similar small rodents, small birds, and small reptiles. The number of small animals permitted within a dwelling unit are limited to two of a single species and four total animals.
(F) Outdoor aviaries.
(1) Birds in outdoor aviaries are permitted per Table 0813-1, provided the total number of birds
does not exceed one bird for each 1,500 square feet of lot area. (2) Aviaries must be located in accordance with the minimum distance requirements for animal keeping areas set forth in subsection 16.0813.210(E)(1)(c) above. (G) Additional animals. Any request for the keeping of more animals than specified in this section will require a Conditional Use Permit application pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 16.218 of this Title 16.
(H) Commercial animal keeping. Any request for a commercial operation must be considered under a Conditional Use Permit application, and such application may be conditionally permitted only in the R-A zone.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.220 OTHER APPLICABLE REGULATIONS.

In addition to the requirements contained in this chapter, any applicable requirements in the following chapters apply to development in residential zones:

Chapter 16.40: General Property Development Standards
Chapter 16.56: Standards for Specific Land Uses
Chapter 16.46: Off-Street Parking and Loading
Chapter 16.48: Signs
Chapter 16.80: Subdivisions
Chapter 16.112: Nonconforming Uses
Chapter 16.114: Nonconforming Structures
Chapter 16.116: Nonconforming Lots
Chapter 16.230: Home Occupations
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06) 191
§ 16.0813.230 [RESERVED.]
§ 16.0813.240 [RESERVED.]
DIVISION 6: MOBILE HOME PARK ZONE
§ 16.0813.250 PURPOSE AND INTENT.

This division sets forth specific development standards for mobile home parks and subdivisions in order to provide park residents with a safe, comfortable, healthy and pleasant living environment. All mobile home parks and subdivisions must be developed in accordance with the provisions of this Division 6. Also, mobile home subdivisions must meet applicable provisions of the State Subdivision Map Act, as applied through Chapter

16.80 (Subdivisions) of this Title 16.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.260 STATE REGULATION OF MOBILE HOME PARKS.

The provisions of the Mobile Home Parks Act (Cal. Health & Safety Code, Division 13, Part

2.1) and the applicable regulations adopted by the California Department of Housing and Community Development, as each may be amended from time-to-time, are hereby adopted as a part of this division. The Building Official may be authorized to enforce all of the provisions of the Act pertaining to the construction, alteration, or modification of all manufactured dwelling units within mobile home parks. Construction only of all other structures may be subject to the review and approval of the Planning Department. It may be the duty of the Building Official to enforce all the provisions pertaining to permits for the operation, maintenance, use, occupancy, sanitation, and safety of all mobile home parks and subdivisions.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.270 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR MOBILE HOME PARKS.

The following development standards apply to all mobile home parks within the City of Santa Paula.
(A) Minimum site area. A minimum site area of 10 acres, with a minimum street frontage of 250 feet, are required for all new mobile home parks and subdivisions. (B) Drainage. All mobile home parks must be located on a graded site with no depressions in which surface water will accumulate. The ground must be sloped to provide 192
storm drainage run-off by means of surface or subsurface drainage facilities that connect to public storm drain facilities.
(C) Roadways.
(1) Public roadways are required to conform to standards established by the City Engineer for local streets.
(2) Private roadways within a mobile home park must have a minimum width of 32 feet if car parking is permitted on one side of the roadway, and a minimum width of 40 feet if car parking is permitted on both sides of the roadway. Roadways designed for car parking on one side must have signs or markings prohibiting the parking of vehicles on the traffic flow side of the roadway.
(3) All roadways must have clear and unobstructed access to a public thoroughfare. A roadway may have security gates as may be permitted by other city regulations. (4) The entire width of the all roadways within a mobile home park shall be surfaced with a minimum of two-inch thick asphalt, concrete, plant mix, or other approved materials. (D) Required common open space and recreation areas.
(1) A minimum area of 200 square feet for common recreation purposes is required for each mobile home space. Such space must be located to be convenient to all residents of the mobile home park.
(2) The required common usable open space must be arranged to provide at least 50% of the space in at least one area. The minimum dimensions of such space must be 25 feet by 25 feet. The remaining required common usable open space may be distributed throughout the mMobile hHome pPark and need not be in one such area; provided, however, no area containing less than 50 square feet may be considered common usable open space. (3) All required common usable open space must be improved in a manner appropriate to its intended purposes, and all landscaping must comply with the requirements of §

16.0813.060. Natural features of the site reasonably worthy of preservation, as determined by the Planning DirectorDirector through the design review or other permit review procedure, may be retained in their natural state and need not be improved, but must be maintained. Natural areas may be improved with such items as irrigation lines and additional plant materials to assist in assuring the lasting retention of the natural feature being preserved.
(4) A minimum of 50% of the required common usable open space must be located on those portions of the lot or building site where the slope is no greater than 10%. (E) Accessory buildings and uses. Accessory buildings and uses thatmust serve the entire mobile home park, including recreation facilities, laundry areas, mobile home park offices, and maintenance or storage buildings., must All accessory building must be located at least 200 feet from the boundary of any mobile home space. All exterior maintenance or storage areas must be enclosed by a masonry wall of at least 6 feet in height. Allowable accessory uses include vending machines, a common car wash, storage area for travel trailers and 193
boats, a management facility, recreational facility, and other uses which in the opinion of the director are of a similar nature.
(F) Perimeter screening. Perimeter screening of the mobile home park must be provided as required through permit approval.
(G) Landscaping. Landscaping must be provided on all areas not used for buildings, parking, roadway, pathways, or recreational facilities. Existing natural landscape features should be retained where possible and integrated into the landscape plan. The landscaping is considered actual planting areas of lawn, trees, planter boxes, shrubs, groundcover, or other decorative material as approved by the Planning DirectorDirector. Fountains, ponds, sculpture, and decorative screen walls as an integral part of the landscaping scheme are permitted.
(H) Pedestrian walkways. A connected pedestrian walkway system must be provided within the mobile home park providing access to the units, recreation areas, and open space. The walks must be a minimum of four feet in width and constructed of concrete or a similar durable material.
(I) Sanitary sewer and water. Each lot shall be provided with connections to the city’s sewer and water services.
[K] All storm drainage facilities, electrical, gas, telephone services and other utilities shall be placed underground in conformance with city standards. [L] No mobile home park shall allow more than [__] mobile home spaces per gross acre. [M] Setbacks. All structures and mobile homes shall maintain setbacks from the exterior property lines of the mobile home park in accordance with the regulations of the applicable zoning district; provided, however, that a setback of at least twenty feet shall be maintained from all exterior public roadways, so as to allow for fencing and landscaping in accordance with this section.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.280 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR MOBILE HOME SITES OR LOTS.

The following development standards apply to all mobile home sites and lots within a mobile home park located in the City of Santa Paula.
(A) Occupancy. Each mobile home site or lot must accommodate only one mobile home, recreational vehicle, or commercial coach.
(B) Drainage. The area beneath each mobile home must be sloped to provide for drainage from beneath the mobile home to an outside surface drainage facility. 194
(C) Lot/space area and dimensions. Each mobile home site or lot must contain a minimum area of 3,500 square feet for exclusive use by the occupants of the site or lot. For mobile home subdivisions, each individual lot must conform to the minimum requirements established for the zone in which the subdivision is located. Each site or lot must have a minimum width of 45 feet and a minimum depth of 65 feet. (D) Accessory structures.
(1) Accessory buildings and structures located on a mobile home site or lot may extend into the required separations cited in subsection D above, provided that a minimum separation of six feet is maintained between the edge of the projection and an adjacent mobile home, building, accessory structure, or projection. (2) Accessory buildings and structures must be set back a minimum distance of three feet from any mobile home lot line. However, carports, awnings, fences, windbreaks, and stairways may be installed to the lot line.
(E) Site or lot coverage. The area of a mobile home or lot site covered by the mobile home and all accessory buildings and structures must not exceed 75% of the site or lot area.
(F) Required landscaping. A minimum of 20% of each mobile home site or lot must be landscaped with plant materials, including at least one tree on each space. (G) Lot access. Each mobile home site or lot must have direct access to an abutting roadway that provides circulation throughout the mobile home park or subdivision. (H) Each mobile home park shall provide a minimum of two parking space(s) for each lot/space.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.0813.290 OTHER APPLICABLE REGULATIONS.

In addition to the requirements contained in this division, the following additional requirements contained in this Title 16 apply to mobile home parks and subdivisions:

Chapter 16.40: General Property Development Standards
Chapter 16.46: Off-Street Parking and Loading
Chapter 16.48: Signs
Chapter 16.54 - 16.76: Standards for Specific Land Uses Chapter 16.112: Nonconforming Uses
Chapter 16.114: Nonconforming Structures
195
Chapter 16.116: Nonconforming Lots
Chapter 16.230: Home Occupations
Chapter 16.80: Subdivisions
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06) § 16.0813.300 [RESERVED.]
DIVISION 7: DENSITY BONUSES AND OTHER AFFORDABLE HOUSING INCENTIVES.

CONCESSIONS
§ 16.0813.310 PURPOSE AND INTENT.

The purpose of thisThis Division is to allow density bonuses and other affordable housing incentives to qualifying projects in accordance with State law, including, but not limited to,intended to implement state law requirements to provide housing opportunities for very low, low and moderate-income persons. All projects qualifying for a density bonus are subject to the city's growth management allocation procedures and requirements. In enacting this Division it is the city's intent to implement Cal. Gov't Code §§ 65915, et seq. as follows:
(A) Allow higher density for residential projects when developers guarantee that a portion of their housing development will be affordable to households of very low, low or moderate income and seniors;
(B) Allow higher density for residential projects when developers donate land to develop dwelling units for very low, low or moderate-income households; (C) Ensure affordable units are constructed and located to appear similar to market-rate units;
(D) Allow higher density, incentives, or concessions for residential projects where developers provide child care facilities; and
(E) Allow certain concessions when needed to offset the costs of developing affordable housing for very low, low and moderate-income households. (Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07)
§ 16.0813.32011 DEFINITIONS.
196
Unless the contrary is stated or clearly appears from the context, the following definitions govern the construction of the words and phrases used in this Division. Words and phrases not defined by this Division have the meaning set forth elsewhere in this Development Code, the Cal. Health & Safety Code, or Cal. Gov't Code. . State law definitions, as they may be amended from time to time, control over the definitions in this Section. Where the definitions are provided by State law, the citation to the statute follows.

AFFORDABLE HOUSING COSTS - Has the same meaning as set forth in Cal. Health & Safety Code § 50052.5, or any successor statute or regulation.

AFFORDABLE RENTS - Has the same meaning as set forth in Cal. Health & Safety Code § 50053, or any successor statute or regulation.

AFFORDABLE SALE PRICE - Means the price for a dwelling unit that can be financed by a fixed rate mortgage where the monthly payment constitutes an affordable housing cost.

The monthly payment must include the principal plus interest plus taxes plus homeowner's association fees (if applicable).

AFFORDABLE UNITS - Means those dwelling units which will be guaranteed by the developer to be rented or sold for a period of time, agreed to by the city and developer, to low- or very low-income households.

DENSITY BONUS - Means an increase over the otherwise allowable maximum allowable residential density as of the date of the application to for a property qualifying project. (Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915(f).).

DENSITY BONUS UNITS - Means additional units that may be allowed to be built if the density bonus is granted.

INCENTIVE OR CONCESSION - Means a project that qualifies for a density bonus or incentive pursuant to Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915(b).a relaxation of development standards or zoning requirements which results in identifiable cost reductions where such incentives and concessions are consistent with the general plan, including, without limitation, reductions in setback; square footage or lot size requirements; the ratio of vehicle parking spaces that would otherwise be required; or approval of mixed use zoning if commercial, office or other land uses would be compatible with the housing project as well as the existing or planned development in the area where the proposed housing project will be located.

SENIOR OR SENIOR CITIZEN - Means a person 62 years of age or older or 55 years of age or older in a senior citizen housing development of at least 35 dwelling units, or a qualified permanent resident as defined in Cal. Civil Code §§ 51.2 and 51.3. All qualifying senior projects must have significant facilities and services for seniors as defined in 42 USC 3607(b)(2).
(Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07; Am. Ord. 1244, passed 10-15-12) § 16.0813.32012 DENSITY BONUSES AND INCENTIVESCONCESSIONS – IN GENERAL. 197
The density bonuses and other affordable housing incentives required by State law, including, but not limited to, Cal. Gov't Code §§ 65915, et seq., shall be available to applicants for qualifying projects on the terms and conditions specified in State law.

Nothing in this Division constitutes a waiver of any discretionary or ministerial approval required by this Development Code.
(Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07)
§ 16.0813.33013 NO WAIVER DETERMINATION OF BONUS.

Except as required by State law, nothing in this Division constitutes a waiver of any discretionary or ministerial approval required by this Development Code.

Applicants who request a density bonus and agree to construct a residential project of five or more dwelling units may be granted a density bonus. All density bonuses referred to in this section are a specified percentage over the maximum density permitted in the underlying zone district.
(A) A density bonus of 20% will be granted to projects in which one or more of the following is included:
(1) At least 5% of the total dwelling units of a housing development are restricted to very low income households. An additional 2.5% density bonus will be granted for each additional 1% increase of very low income restricted dwelling units above 5%, to a maximum density bonus of 35%, as illustrated in Table 1, Application of Density Bonus; (2) At least 10% of the total dwelling units of a housing development are restricted to low income households. An additional 1.5% density bonus will be granted for each additional 1.5% of low income restricted dwelling units above 10%, to a maximum density bonus of 35%, as illustrated in Table 1, Application of Density Bonus; (3) Senior citizen housing developments of 35 or more units in which 100% of the units are provided to qualifying residents; or
(4) At least 10% of the total dwelling units of a common interest development are restricted to moderate income households, provided that all units in the development are offered to the public for purchase.
(B) A density bonus of 5% will be granted to a condominium project or a planned unit development, that provides at least 10% of the total number of units to households of moderate income. An additional 1% density bonus will be granted for each additional 1% of moderate income restricted dwelling units above 10%, up to a maximum of 35%, as illustrated in Table 1, Application of Density Bonus.

Table 1: Application of Density Bonus For Very Low, Low and Moderate Income Units 198
Very Low Income Units Low Income Units Moderate Income Units % Very
Low
Income
Units
Permitted %
Density
Bonus
% Low
Income
Units
Permitted %
Density
Bonus
% Moderate
Income
Condo/PUD units
Permitted %
Density
Bonus
5 20 10 20 10 5
6 22.5 11 21.5 11 6
7 25 12 23 12 7
8 27.5 13 24.5 13 8
9 30 14 26 14 9
10 32.5 15 27.5 15 10
11 35 16 29 16 11
35% Maximum Density Bonus 17 30.5 17 12
18 32 18 13
19 33.5 19 14
20 35 20 15
35% Maximum Density
Bonus
21 16
22 17
23 18
199
24 19
25 20
26 21
27 22
28 23
29 24
30 25
31 26
32 27
33 28
34 29
35 30
36 31
37 32
38 33
39 34
40 35
200
35% Maximum Density Bonus
(C) A density bonus of 15% will be granted to applicants that donate sufficient real property to restrict at least 10% of the units for very low-income households. A density bonus will increase by 1% for every additional 1% of very low income restricted dwelling units above 10%, up to a maximum of 35%. All of the following conditions must be met to allow this density bonus:
(1) Real property must be conveyed in fee simple to the city or a person who is qualified to construct affordable housing approved and designated by the city. (2) Real property must measure a minimum of one acre in size or be able to accommodate 40 units per acre.
(3) Transferred real property must be appropriately designated by the General Plan for high density residential development before final project approval. (4) Transferred real property must be zoned for high density residential use before final project approval.
(5) Transferred real property must be adequately served by infrastructure before final project approval.
(Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07; Am. Ord. 1244, passed 10-15-12) § 16.0813.314 CONSTRUCTION AND LOCATION OF AFFORDABLE UNITS.

All units that are constructed for very low, low or moderate income households must meet the following minimum standards:
(A) Distribution. Except as otherwise required, affordable units must be constructed concurrently with, or before, construction of market rate units. All affordable units must be reasonably distributed throughout the project as approved by the Planning Commission, must be constructed of similar materials and both interior and exterior must be finished at a comparable quality as the market rate units. Affordable dwelling units must measure not less than 90% of the average square footage of market rate units with the same number of bedrooms.
(B) Comparable amenities. Residents of affordable units may not be charged for amenities not charged to other residents, including without limitation, access to recreational facilities, parking, cable TV, and interior amenities like dishwashers and microwave ovens. Optional services for all residents must be the same. Tenants of affordable units cannot be required to purchase additional services. (Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07)
201
§ 16.0813.315 AFFORDABILITY.

Affordable units must generally be reserved for occupancy by very low or low income households for at least 30 years after the city issues certificates of occupancy. Affordable units offered for sale to moderate income households in condominiums or planned developments must generally be reserved for occupancy for at least ten years after the city issues certificates of occupancy. Such reservations must be accomplished by a recorded deed restriction or other long-term legal mechanism in a form approved by the City Attorney.
(Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07)
§ 16.0813.316 AFFORDABLE HOUSING DENSITY BONUS AGREEMENT.

Persons conditionally granted an affordable housing density bonus, development concession, or reduction in parking standards must enter into an agreement with the city in a form approved by the City Attorney. The agreement must, at a minimum, include the following:
(A) The total number of units that will be constructed and the number of units that will be made affordable to very low, low or moderate-income households must be clearly stated;
(B) The affordable units must be reserved for very low and low income households; (C) Resale controls must be included as a deed restriction consistent with this subsection;
(D) If reduced parking standards were approved for the project, the number of bedrooms of each unit must be identified;
(E) Applicant must provide written evidence to the city that initial occupants of all affordable units meet the necessary income qualifications. The property owner must provide an annual report to the city certifying tenants of qualifying rental units meet the income and rent limit requirements;
(F) Every purchaser of moderate-income owner-occupied units must certify the unit will be the purchaser’s primary place of residence, and every renter of low or very low income units must certify the unit will be occupied by the household renting the unit; (G) Applicant must provide written evidence to the city that initial owner occupants of moderate income units meet the necessary income qualifications. Subsequent sale of moderate income units must be limited to moderate income households, as approved by the city. In addition, sale proceeds of moderate income units sold after the first ten years of occupancy by moderate income household(s) must be distributed as follows:
202
(1) Initial owner is entitled to receive the value of the down payment, documented improvements to the property and a proportional share of the unit’s appreciation, in accordance with the formula in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915. (2) The city must receive its proportional share of appreciation of the unit in addition to the amount of the original subsidy. The city must use the proceeds within three years to promote affordable, owner-occupied housing.
(Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07; Am. Ord. 1244, passed 10-15-12) § 16.0813.317 CHILD CARE FACILITIES.
(A) The city will grant either of the following to projects that include a proposal for a child care facility located on the premises of the project:
(1) A density bonus that is an amount of square feet of residential space that is equal to or greater than the amount of square feet in the child care facility; or (2) An additional concession or incentive that contributes significantly to the economic feasibility of the construction of the child care facility. The applicant must provide substantial evidence that any such concession is needed for the economic feasibility of the child care facility.
(B) In order to receive the additional child care density bonus, the project must comply with the following requirements:
(1) The child care facility must remain in operation for a period of time that is as long or longer than the period of time during which the density bonus units are required to remain affordable; and
(2) Of the children who attend the child care facility, the percentage of children of very low income, low income, and moderate income households must be equal to or greater than the percentage of dwelling units that are proposed to be affordable to very low income, low income, and moderate income households.
(C) Notwithstanding any requirement in this section, the city is not required to provide a density bonus or concession for a child care facility if it finds, based on substantial evidence, that the community has adequate existing child care facilities. (Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07)
§ 16.0813.318 DEVELOPMENT CONCESSIONS.
(A) An applicant for a density bonus may submit a proposal for specific incentives or concessions. The city must allow the concessions or incentives requested by the applicant unless the city finds, based upon substantial evidence, any of the following:
203
(1) The concession or incentive is not required to ensure housing costs meet affordability standards, as defined in Cal. Health & Safety Code § 50052.5, or to ensure rents in affordable units meet the requirements of this Division. (2) The concession or incentive would have a specific adverse impact, as defined in Cal.

Gov’t Code § 65589.5(d)(2), upon the public health and safety, or physical environment, or any real property that is listed in the California Register of Historical Resources, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without rendering the development unaffordable to very low, low, and moderate-income households.
(3) The concession or incentive would be contrary to state or federal law. (B) The number of city zoning or development standards that can be waived or modified must be consistent with the following table, Table 2, Affordable Housing Development Concessions:

Table 2: Affordable Housing Development Concessions
Number of Concessions Percentage Affordable Housing
Very Low Low Moderate Condos and/or PUD's
1 5% 10% 10%
2 10% 20% 20%
3 15% 30% 30%
Income categories cannot be combined to achieve a greater number of concessions than that identified in this table.
(C) The applicant must provide substantial evidence that any such concession is needed to sufficiently reduce the cost of the housing development. (Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07; Am. Ord. 1244, passed 10-15-12) § 16.0813.319 PARKING STANDARDS.
204
If a project qualifies for a density bonus, an applicant may request reduced parking standards for the entire project site. Reduced parking standards may be requested and will be approved even if a density bonus is not being requested. Reduced parking requirements must include guest and handicapped parking, may be provided as tandem spaces, and may be uncovered, provided the spaces are located on-site. Reduced parking standards will be as follows:
(A) One on-site parking space per unit for units with one bedroom or less. (B) One and one-half on-site parking spaces per unit for units with two bedrooms. (C) Two on-site parking spaces per unit for units with three or more bedrooms. (Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07)
§ 16.0813.320 OTHER DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS.

Applicant may request waiver of any additional development standards if the applicant provides substantial evidence that such waivers are necessary to make the project economically feasible and do not have unmitigatable impacts. (Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07)
§ 16.0813.321 INCLUSIONARY HOUSING REQUIREMENTS.

The inclusionary housing requirements set forth in this Title continues to apply to all development projects, whether or not a density bonus is requested or granted. Units constructed pursuant to the inclusionary housing requirements cannot be used to seek concessions as part of the density bonus ordinance. The units requested under the density bonus ordinance are in addition to any units required under the inclusionary housing ordinance.
(Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07)
§ 16.0813.322 CONDOMINIUM CONVERSIONS.

Any developer converting existing rental apartments of five units or more to condominiums who seeks a density bonus, must make such application in conjunction with its tentative map application pursuant to the Subdivision Map Act, this Development Code, and consistent with Cal. Gov't Code § 65915.5. Any appeal or any concession or incentive or review by the Planning Commission or City Council, automatically requires an appeal of the underlying map to that body.
(Ord. 1173, passed 7-2-07)
205
DIVISION 9: REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION FOR DISABLED AND HANDICAPPED

INDIVIDUALS
§ 16.0813.8500 PURPOSE.

This chapter is adopted in accordance with the city’s police powers and as required by the Fair Housing Law. It is intended to provide equal access to residential housing throughout the city’s jurisdiction regardless of an individual’s physical or mental abilities. (Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.50810 DEFINITIONS.

Unless the contrary is stated or clearly appears from the context, the following definitions govern the construction of the words and phrases used in this chapter. Words and phrases not defined by this chapter have the meanings stated in the Fair Housing Law and any successor statutes or regulations.

DISABLED PERSON - Means an individual who has a physical or mental impairment that limits one or more of that person’s major life activities; anyone who is regarded as having such impairment; or anyone who has a medical record of having such an impairment. A DISABLED PERSON does not include individuals currently using controlled substances as defined by federal law.

FAIR HOUSING LAW - Means existing law affecting reasonable accommodation in housing including, without limitation, the reasonable accommodation required by 42 USC § 3604(f)(3)(B) and reasonable accommodation required by Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 12927(c)(1) and 12955(l).

REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION - Means any request by, or on behalf of, a disabled person for a reasonable deviation from the city’s strict application of its land use or building regulations as set forth in this code, or as adopted by reference in this code, in order for such disabled person to use and enjoy a dwelling. (Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.50820 NOTICE.

The city must post notice in the same manner as it posts meeting agendas advising disabled persons regarding the reasonable accommodation that may be provided in accordance with this chapter.
206
(Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.50830 REQUESTING REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION.
(A) A disabled person or disabled person’s representative may request reasonable accommodation pursuant to this chapter.
(B) The Director, or designee, must provide reasonable assistance to disabled persons, or their representatives, to seek reasonable accommodation. Such assistance must occur during any part of a request including, without limitation, the initial application and any appeal.
(C) A request for reasonable accommodation must be filed on a form provided by the Director. The application must include the following:
(1) Evidence of the property owner’s consent, usually in the form of the owner’s signature on the application;
(2) A description of how the property will be used by the disabled individual(s), e.g., for residential habitation, and the specific reason that reasonable accommodation is desirable; (3) Evidence of the applicant’s disability as reasonably determined by the Director including, without limitation, an individual’s medical record; correspondence from a currently licensed healthcare professional; or documentation from the California Department of Motor Vehicles demonstrating that the individual qualifies for disabled parking;
(4) Verification by the applicant that the property is the primary residence of the person for whom reasonable accommodation is requested.
(D) The city cannot require a fee for filing an original application. However, the city may establish a fee for appealing decisions pursuant to City Council resolution. (Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.50840 PROCEEDINGS.
(A) Unless the Director determinates otherwise, approving a reasonable accommodation is an administrative determination by the Director without the need for a public hearing. (B) Upon accepting a reasonable accommodation request application as complete, the Director must review the application for conformance with the provisions of this Title 16.

Based on this review, the Director must act to approve, conditionally approve, or deny the application.
207
(C) Within 30 days of receiving a completed application, the Director must issue a statement of decisions and findings. The statement must recite, among other things, the facts and reasons for granting or denying the application. (Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.50850 ACTION BY THE DIRECTOR.

The Director may take one of the following actions:
(A) Approval. There are no conditions or requirements other than those specified by the application. After the date of final determination, the proposed project may be developed in compliance with the reasonable accommodation approved by the Director. (B) Disapproval. When a reasonable accommodation application is disapproved, an application for the same project or a similar use on the same property cannot thereafter be accepted for a period of one year from the date of final determination, except that the Director may specify that, if the action is due to details or technical issues, this time limit does not apply.
(C) Conditional approval. Any application may be approved subject to conditions the Director deems necessary for compliance with city, state and federal regulations related to the protection of general health, welfare, and safety of the surrounding area. After the date of final determination, the proposed project may be developed in compliance with the reasonable accommodation approved by the Director along with applicable conditions of approval.
(D) Withdrawal. With the concurrence of or at the request of the applicant, any a permit application may be withdrawn. When an application is withdrawn, such action is effective immediately and is not subject to appeal. Thereafter, such application is null and void and the property must have the same status as if no application had been filed. (Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.50860 FINDINGS.

The following findings must be made in order to approve a request for reasonable accommodation:
(A) The accommodation is required due to a disability protected under relevant laws, such as the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) or Fair Housing Laws. (B) The parcel and/or housing, which is the subject of the request for reasonable accommodation, will be occupied as the primary residence by an individual protected under the Fair Housing Laws.
208
(CB) The request for reasonable accommodation is necessary to make specific housing available to one or more individuals protected under the Fair Housing Laws. (DC) The requested reasonable accommodation will not impose an undue financial or administrative burden on the city.
(ED) The requested accommodation will not require a fundamental alteration of the zoning or building laws, policies and/or other procedures of the city. (Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.50870 CONDITIONS - GENERALLY.

A reasonable accommodation granted under this chapter is subject to the following general conditions:
(A) The reasonable accommodation applies only to the specific disabled person; (B) Changes in use or circumstances that negates the basis for the reasonable accommodation renders it void;
(C) Except as otherwise specifically accommodated pursuant to this chapter, the approved reasonable accommodation is subject to all uniform building codes as adopted by this code.
(Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.50880 CONDITIONS - SPECIAL.

In addition to the general conditions, the Director may impose the following conditions:
(A) Reasonable accommodations affecting an exterior physical improvement must be designed to be substantially similar to the architectural character, colors, and texture of materials of its surrounding dwelling units; and
(B) Such additional conditions that the Director in good faith believes are required to reconcile the approved reasonable accommodation with other requirements of this code while still implementing the purpose of this chapter.
(Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.50890 PERMIT APPEAL AND REVOCATION.

A reasonable accommodation request may be appealed or revoked pursuant to Chapter

16.206 of this code. Disabled persons may request reasonable accommodation in the 209
procedure by which an appeal will be conducted including, without limitation, extension of time periods in order to accommodate the individual’s disability. (Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.51900 COMPLIANCE.

Establishment, maintenance and operation of the use or uses proposed by the application must comply with the information and specifications shown in the Director’s approval. (Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.51910 ACTION IN WRITING.

The determination on each application, including any required findings and any other reasons that serve to explain the determination, and all conditions of approval, must be in writing. A copy of the written determination must forwarded to the applicant following the date of final determination and is made available, at cost, to any person desiring a copy of such determination.
(Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.51920 FINAL DETERMINATION.

The determination of the Director is effective 15 days after the date the decision is made and after all appeals, if any, are resolved.
(Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
§ 16.0813.51930 ONE STOP PERMITTING.

A reasonable accommodation approved in accordance with this chapter does not require any separate permit. However, as provided in this section, a reasonable accommodation does not run with the land; it constitutes a permit issued to a specific disabled person and may be revoked or rendered void in accordance with this section. (Ord. 1249, passed 5-6-13)
CHAPTER 16.0915: COMMERCIAL ZONES
Section

16.0915.010 Purpose and intent

16.0915.020 Land use and permit requirements
210

16.0915.030 Development standards

16.0915.040 Landscaping

16.0915.050 Outdoor use and storage

16.0915.060 [Reserved]

16.0915.070 Buffering requirements

16.0915.080 Design principles

16.0915.090 Other applicable regulations
§ 16.0915.010 PURPOSE AND INTENT.

Five commercial zones are established to preserve and enhance areas throughout the city for a variety of commercial activities, housing and employment uses that contribute to the community's economic well-being, and human and environmental health. These provisions set forth standards and procedures to ensure the compatible and mutually beneficial interaction between commercial and residential uses; to protect adjacent properties from excessive illumination, noise, traffic and other nuisances; to encourage quality development projects; to accommodate the varied needs of the business community; and, to promote affordable housing.
(A) Commercial Neighborhood (C-N). The Commercial Neighborhood (C-N) zone accommodates low-scale community-oriented stores, offices, service businesses, and residential uses. The zone provides commercial areas convenient to neighborhood residents, with limited impact in terms of traffic, noise, and on-site activity, as well as residential and mixed-use developments.
(B) Commercial Office (C-O). The Commercial Office (C-O) zone accommodates professional business offices; medical, real estate, financial, and administrative offices; and similar uses, as well as closely related service and retail businesses. Residential and mixed commercial/residential use is permitted in this zone subject to the development standards contained in this chapter.
(C) Central Business District (CBD). The Central Business District (CBD) zone provides a pedestrian-scale commercial district with an emphasis on small-scale businesses intended to serve the local community and tourists. The character of the CBD zone is intended to be that which promotes the historic identity of the past through the creation of an identifiable downtown and an emphasis on architectural style. The CBD zone will support a mix of complementary retail, service, office, civic, cultural, and residential uses. Residential use is permitted outright in this zone subject to the development standards contained in this chapter.
(D) General Commercial (C-G). The General Commercial (C-G) zone accommodates a broad range of retail and wholesale commercial enterprises, service uses, entertainment 211
uses, offices and other businesses that serve both local and regional customer bases.

Development may consist of stand-alone stores or coordinated commercial centers.

Residential use is also permitted in this zone subject to the development standards contained in this chapter.
(E) Mixed Use: Commercial/Light Industrial/Residential (C-LI). This designation allows for heavy commercial and light industrial uses to stimulate economic development.

Pedestrian-oriented residential development is encouraged including large-scale infill and mixed-use. The maximum FAR for non-residential uses is 0.35. Mixed uses with residential on the upper floors and stand-alone residential uses are also allowed. Maximum residential density is 21 units per acre. Mixed-use development is also allowed in the Commercial and Commercial Office land use categories as described below. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1305, passed 10-7-20) § 16.0915.020 LAND USE AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS.
(A) Table 0915-1 identifies the uses permitted in the C-N, C-O, C-G, C-LI and CBD zones.

Retail, housing and service commercial uses represent the primary permitted uses, although other uses are allowed as accessory, conditionally permitted, and temporary uses, as indicated in Table 0915-1. Accessory uses are not permitted on any property where a permitted primary use does not already exist.
(B) Certain permitted uses and conditionally permitted uses may be subject to special conditions regarding the location, operation, or design of the use. Such uses are marked in Table 0915-1 with an asterisk (*), and the special conditions that apply are contained in Chapters 16.54 through 16.76 (Standards for Specific Land Uses) of this Title 16. (C) For uses not listed in Table 0915-1, the provisions of § 16.03.020 (Planning DirectorDirector Responsibilities) of this Title 16 will apply. (Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06; Am. Ord. 1172, passed 7-2-07; Am. Ord. 1262, passed 2-1- 16; Am. Ord. 1305, passed 10-7-20)
TABLE 0915-1
Permitted and Conditional Uses - Commercial Zones
Use CNCOCBD CGCLI
Agricultural-Related Uses
Agricultural Production X X X C P
212
Fruit/Agriculture Stands T T T T T
Agricultural Equipment and Supplies Sales and Repair X X X C C Auction, Livestock X X X X C
Automotive/Vehicle-Related Uses
Automobile Service Stations (fuel sales; see Chapter 16.72) C* C* C* C* C* Automotive Parts Sales, without Installation X X C P P
Automotive Parts Sales, with Installation X X X C C
Automotive Repair (Major) - bodywork/painting, engine repair X X X C C Automotive Repair (Minor) - lube/tune, window tinting, mufflers (not to include tractor, semi-trailer, or the like)

C C C P P
Automotive Sales (New/Used) - Car, RV, Truck X C X C C
Automotive Wrecking X X X X X
Car Washes, Full Service and Self Service X X X C C
Truck Stop & Repair X X X X C
Vehicle Impound or Storage Yard X X X X X
Vehicle Leasing/Rental X C X C C
Vehicle Storage Facility, including RVs and Boats C X X C C 213
Boarding and Lodging Facilities
Bed and Breakfast Inn C C C C C
Boardinghouse/Roominghouse X X X C X
Congregate Care Housing Facility X C C C X
Hotels/Motels X X C C C
Conference Facility X C C C C
Eating/Drinking Establishments
Coffee, Juice Café P P P P P
Delicatessen/Sandwich Shop (no alcoholic beverage sales) P P P P P Restaurant with no drive-through (a) C C P P P
Restaurant with drive-through (see Chapter 16.66) (a) X X X C* C* Restaurant, Fast-food (a) X X C C C
Restaurant (outdoor dining on private property) (a) C C P* P P Restaurant (outdoor dining on public right-of-way) (See Chapter 124) (a) C C P* C C Night Club/Bar/Lounge (a) X X C C C
Entertainment/Recreation Uses
Adult Business/Entertainment Enterprise (see Chapter 16.54) X X X X C* 214
Amusement Park X X X C C
Amusement Arcade or Center (see Chapter 16.56) X X C* C* C* Auditorium, Convention Halls, and Theaters X X X C C
Batting Cage, Driving Range, or Similar Outdoor Sporting facility C C X P C Billiard/Pool Hall (a) X X C C C
Bowling Alley X X C C C
Café Entertainment (See Chapter 124) X X D X X
Cultural Center P P P P P
Health/Athletic Club X C P C C
Indoor Recreation Center C C C C C
Library or Museum P P P P P
Massage Establishment (see Chapter 119 of Title 11) X X C C C Miniature Golf X X X C C
Rodeo Arena X X X X X
Skate Park or Rink X X X C C
Slot Car Racing X X X C C
Theater, Cinema (Movie) X X C C P
215
Theater, Stage C X C C C
Financial Institutions
Banks, Savings and Loans, and Credit Unions P P P P P
Medical/Care Facilities
Blood Bank X C C C C
Day Care Home, Large Family - Adult or Child (See Chapter 16.60) C* A* C* C* X Day Care Home, Small Family - Adult or Child (See Chapter 16.60) C* A* C* C* X Child Day Care Center (See Chapter 16.60) C* C* C* P* C* Clinic, Outpatient X C C C X
Community Care Facility (see Chapter 16.64) X C* C* C* X Drug and Alcohol Clinic/Rehabilitation (See Community Care Facility) --- --- --- --- --- Convalescent Home or Hospital C C C C C
Emergency Shelter X C X C C
Hospital/Surgery (See Civic/Institutional Zone) X X X X X Medical Laboratory X X X C C
Medical Office (see Professional & Administrative Offices) --- --- --- --- --- Urgent Care Facility X C C C C
216
Personal Service
Barber/Beauty/Nail Shop P P P P C
Dance/Music Schools/Martial Arts Studio C X C P X
Dry Cleaner without on-site cleaning facilities P P P P X Dry Cleaner with on-site cleaning facilities X X X C C
Laundromat P X X P X
Leather, Luggage and Shoe Repair P P P P X
Professional and Administrative Offices
Office - Medical, Dental, Optometry, Chiropractic and the like P P P P P Office - Business or Professional P P P P P
Veterinary Office C C C P X
Residential Uses
Live/work studio P P P P P
Dwelling, Multi-Family P P P P P
Dwelling, Single-Family P P P P P
Mixed Use Residential and Commercial Development
(See Subsection 16.0915.030(D)) (b)

P P P P P
217
Home Occupations P P P P P
Retail Commercial
Antique Store (see also "Thrift Store") P P P P X
Art Galleries and Studios P P P P X
Auction businesses conducted within a building, excluding livestock sales X X X C C Automotive (see Automotive/Vehicle- Related Uses above) --- --- --- --- --- Bakery, Retail (with or without on-premises baking) P P P P P Book Store P P P P P
Clothing/Apparel Sales P P P P P
Confectionary Store, Candy Sales P P P P C
Convenience Store or Mini-market (a) C C C C C
Department Store X X C P P
Discount Store P X C P C
Fabric & Craft Store P P P P P
Flower/Gift Shop P P P P P
Furniture, Furnishings and Appliances (Sales) P P P P P Grocery Store or Market C C C C C
218
Hardware Store P X P P C
Home Improvement Store with Outdoor Display of Lumber/Garden X X X C C Jewelry Store P P P P C
Liquor Store (see Chapter 16.58) (a) C* X C* C* C*
Mobile Home Sales X X X C C
Music Store P P P P C
Nurseries/Garden Supplies X X X P P
Office Supplies/Equipment X P P P P
Pet Shop/Store X X C P P
Pharmacy C P P P P
Plumbing Supplies X X X P P
Shopping Center A (less than 50,000 gross square feet of leasable area) C X C C C Shopping Center B (from 50,000 gross square feet up to 150,000 square feet of leasable area)

X X X C C
Shopping Center C (from 150,000 gross square feet up to 400,000 square feet of leasable area)

X X X C C
Shopping Center D (over 400,000 gross square feet of leasable area) X X X X C Thrift Store, Secondhand Store or Sales (see also "Antique Store") X X C C X 219
Warehouse Retail Store X X X C C
Service Commercial
Catering Service C C C P P
Cleaning/Janitorial X P X P P
Copy Center/Postal Center P P P P X
Equipment Rental/Sales/Service Yard X X X C C
Interior Design Shop P P P P X
Laboratories (film, medical/dental) X C X C C
Photography Shop/Studio/Film Processing P P P P X
Printing/Publishing Facilities X P C P P
Recycling Center (See Industrial Zones for Recycling Facility) X X X C* C* Travel Agency P P P P P
Welding/Repair and Related Uses X X X C C
Other
Alcoholic Sales (See Chapter 16.58) C C C C C
Antenna, Satellite or Dish (See Section 16.50.020) A* A* A* A* A* Antenna, Wireless Communications (See Chapter 16.50) C* C* C* C* C* 220
Assembly Halls (includes Church, Temple, or Other Religious Institutions) (see Chapter 16.62)
C* C* C* C* C*
Cannabis Delivery X X X X X
Commercial Cannabis Activities X X X X X
Cultivation of Cannabis or Medical Marijuana X X X X X
Carnival X T T T T
Cemetery X X X C C
Check Cashing Business C X C P C
Club, Lodge, and Meeting Hall (See Assembly Hall above) --- --- --- --- --- Educational Institutions (Public or Private) C P C P P
Drive-Thru Establishment, Non-Restaurant (see Chapter 16.66) X C* X C* C* Funeral Parlor/Mortuary X C X C C
Media Broadcasting Station C C C C C
Newsrack (See Chapter 16.68) A* A * A* A* A*
Parking Lot for off-site use C C C C C
Pawn Shop X X C P X
Utility Substation C C C C C
221
Swap Meet/Flea Market X X T T T
Tattoo Studio X X C C X
Trade/Technical School X P C P P
Wedding Chapel C C C C X
Key: P = Permitted Use A = Permitted as an Accessory Use C = Conditional Use Permit Required T = Temporary Use Only, Permit Required (See Chapter 16.218) * = Special use conditions and/or development standards apply
X = Not Permitted --- = Not Applicable. See comment in "use" field.

D = Dining Entertainment Permit Required
Notes: (a) Any use involving alcoholic beverage sales requires a Conditional Use Permit. (b) Density bonus may apply
For uses not listed in Table 15-1, the provisions of Section 16.03.020 of this Title 16 will apply. H However, in no case will a building exceed 4 stories or 50 feet in the C-G zone, and 8 stories or 100 feet In the C-LI zone.

TABLE 15-2
Development Standards - Commercial Zones
Development Standards Zone
C-N C-O CBD (a) C-G C-LI
Development
Standards
Zone
C-N C-O CBD (a) C-G C-LI
222

1. Floor Area
Ratio (FAR)-
Maximum (b)

0.25 nonresidential0.5 nonresidential2.0 nonresidential0.35 nonresidential0.35 nonresidential

2. Residential
Density
1 unit/business
29 units/acre
No maximum 29
units/acre
21 units/acre

3. Front Yard
Setback -
Minimum
10 ft. 10 ft. 0 sf, or 10 ft. if
across the street
from a residential
zone
10 ft. 10 ft.

4. Side Yard
Setback -
Minimum
· Street Side 10 ft. 10 ft. 0 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft.
· Interior 5 ft. 5 ft. 0 ft. 5 ft. 5 ft.
· Abutting
residential zone
10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft.

5. Rear Yard
Setback-Minimum
10 ft. 5 ft. 0 ft. 5 ft. 0 ft.
· Abutting
residential zone
10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. 25 ft.

6. Lot Coverage
(Maximum) (c)
75% 75% 100% 80% 80%

7. Building Height
(Maximum)
1 story or 20
ft.
2-1/2
stories or 35
ft.
3 stories or 45 ft. 3 stories or
45 ft. (d)
3 stories or
45 ft. (d)
223
Abbreviations: sf = square feet, ft. = feet
Notes: (a) See additional standards for CBD zone for development requirements and exceptions (Section 16.15.030 (C)).
(b) Additional FAR may be approved through Conditional Use Permit review and approval.
(c) Lot coverage includes building footprint, storage areas, driveways, parking lot, and other impervious surface areas.
(d) Additional building height or stories may be approved through Conditional Use Permit review and approval. However, in no case will a building exceed 4 stories or 50 feet in the C-G zone, and 8 stories or 100 feet in the C-LI zone. § 16.0915.030 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS.
(A) Table 0915-2 identifies the development standards applicable to all development in the C-N, C-O, CBD, C-G, and C-LI zones.
(B) Those lots shown on an approved and recorded subdivision map or certificate of compliance may be used as a building site irrespective of the minimum lot size, lot width, and lot depth standards set forth in Table 0915-2 .
(C) Additional standards for Central Business District (CBD) Zone. In addition to the development standards contained in Table 0915-2, the following standards apply to development in the CBD zone.
(1) Shared parking. Shared parking is encouraged pursuant to the provisions of §

16.46.060 of this Title 16.
(2) Zero Lot Line on Main Street between 7th Street and 12th Street. (a) Either the first floor or the second floor must be built to and parallel with the front property line.
(b) The second floor of all structures must be built to and parallel with the front property line, except that up to 50% of the second floor frontage may be set back only if the first floor is built to and parallel to the front property line. (3) Encroachment into required setbacks.
(a) Architectural features may project up to three feet beyond the property or rightof-way line, provided such projection is a minimum of eight feet above the highest point of publicly owned ground over which such features project. No feature may project into any adjoining privately owned parcel, nor obstruct a vehicle access route or parking area. 224
(b) Awnings may project up to eight feet beyond the property or right-of-way line, provided such projection is a minimum of 12 feet above the highest point of ground over which the awning projects.
(4) Mechanical/electrical equipment and satellite dish antennae. All mechanical/electrical equipment and satellite dish antennae must be screened by architectural treatments compatible with the architecture of the building they serve. All rooftop equipment must be placed behind a permanent parapet wall or equipment screen so that it is completely screened from view from the ground level. (5) Outdoor dining.
(a) Restaurants with outdoor dining areas on private property are permitted. (b) Restaurants with outdoor dining areas on public property or right-of-way may obtain a permit pursuant to Chapter 124 of this Code.
(6) Design guidelines. All development must comply with the Design Guidelines for Downtown Santa Paula, adopted by resolution of the City Council. (D) Standards for Mixed-Use Development.
(1) Mixed-use developments that contain both commercial and residential uses must comply with the following standards:
(a) Retail/commercial uses must be located on the ground floor level in the entire portion of the building fronting the primary street, and must occupy a minimum of 30% of the ground floor area.
(b) Residential dwelling units, cultural uses, and office uses are allowed on the second and third floors, and behind the ground floor retail/commercial use. (c) Separate entrances to the different use occupancies must be provided for residential and nonresidential uses. When possible, separate entrances to residential units must be provided in the front of the building. Separations will be reviewed through the applicable discretionary permit review process. Adequate soundproofing and odor control between residential and nonresidential uses must be provided. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1151, passed 1-3-06; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06; Am. Ord. 1305, passed 10-7-20)
§ 16.0915.040 LANDSCAPING.
(A) Purpose. Landscaping is to be used to provide attractive planted areas that complement buildings on a site, to reduce heat and glare, to control soil erosion, and to screen incompatible land uses.
(B) Landscaping requirements.
225
(1) Landscape coverage of a building site must be provided as follows:

Zone % Coverage Required (Minimum)
C-N 25%
C-O 25%
CBD
Zero-lot-line:

All other:
0%
10%
C-G, C-LI 20%
Such landscaping may include any landscaping required in off-street parking areas. (2) Along any property line abutting a residential zone, a minimum 10-foot landscaped setback must be provided in all commercial zones. One tree must be provided for each 20 linear feet of such setback buffer.
(3) All required front yards and street facing side yards must be landscaped. (4) Landscaping of required off-street parking areas must be provided as set forth in §

16.46.100 (Landscaping Requirements) of Chapter 16.46 (Off-Street Parking and Loading) of this Title 16.
(5) No more than 15% of any required landscaped area may consist of hardscape or other non-plant materials such as fountains, rocks, bark, masonry or brickwork, walkways, or similar feature.
(6) Landscaped areas must have a minimum width of five feet, including any curbs or similar borders. Narrower landscaped areas may be provided but must not be counted toward meeting the coverage requirements set forth in paragraph 1 above. (7) Any area within required setbacks not used for other purposes must be landscaped. (8) Landscaping used to screen storage areas, trash enclosures, parking areas, public utilities, and other similar building features must be planted at a height and density to provide the desired screening effect within three years of initial planting. (9) Street trees must be provided consistent with City Resolution 3675 establishing guidelines for the preparation of landscape and irrigation plans. (10) All landscaping must comply with City Resolution 3675 establishing guidelines for the preparation of landscape and irrigation plans.
(C) Irrigation required. All required landscape areas must be provided with permanent irrigation systems suitable for the type of landscaping provided. 226
(D) Landscape maintenance. All landscaping must be permanently maintained in a neat and healthy condition. Maintenance of approved landscaped installations must consist of regular watering, pruning, fertilizing, clearing of debris and weeds, the removal and replacement of dead plants, and the repair and replacement of irrigation systems. (E) Landscape and irrigation plans required.
(1) Landscape and irrigation plans are required for all development proposals in any commercial zone. The plan must indicate the square footage of each landscaped area, report the total square footage devoted to landscaping, identify each landscaping area and the types of plants to be provided therein, list the container size of each plant, and clearly portray the entire landscaping layout and irrigation system. (2) Landscape design plans must be prepared by a California Registered Landscape Architect, unless such requirement is waived by the Planning DirectorDirector or designee. (3) No building permit may be issued until landscaping and irrigation plans have been reviewed and approved by the Planning DirectorDirector or designee. The Landscape Architect must certify the plans have been implemented according to the approved plans. (F) Water-conserving features. Landscape and irrigation plans are encouraged to take full advantage of the wide range of drought-tolerant landscape material and low-waterflow irrigation systems available within the framework established by this section, except where such action conflicts with adopted fire prevention plans, or the Fire Chief determines that such would create a fire hazard.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1305, passed 10-7-20) § 16.0915.050 OUTDOOR USE AND STORAGE.
(A) C-N, C-O, and C-G Zones. All uses within the C-N, C-O, and C-G zones must be conducted entirely within a completely enclosed building, with the exception of parking and loading facilities, the permitted display of vehicles, and permitted temporary uses. No outdoor storage is permitted.
(B) CBD Zone - Outdoor Display of Merchandise.
(1) It is unlawful to display merchandise on public property without a valid encroachment permit issued pursuant to this code.
(2) Merchandise cannot project more than four feet beyond the store front. (3) Merchandise can be displayed outside only during business hours. (4) The aggregate merchandise display area cannot exceed 50% of the linear frontage of the store front or six linear feet, whichever is greater. (5) It is unlawful to display merchandise as follows: in such a manner as to present a hazard to safety; impede the normal flow of vehicular or pedestrian traffic; create a display 227
that is detrimental to the appearance of the premises and surrounding property; or is in any other manner detrimental to the public health, safety, welfare. (6) Required parking spaces cannot be used for merchandise displays. (C) C-LI Zone.
(1) All sales and manufacturing activity, with the exception of vehicle sales, must occur within a fully enclosed building or other approved interior space to the principal building. (2) Outdoor storage is permitted only within a rear or interior side yard. Such storage must be entirely shielded from view from any public right-of-way and from adjacent properties by a combination of fencing, walls, and/or landscaping. All screening materials must be neatly maintained, kept in good repair, and erected and maintained in a manner that achieves all intended screening purposes. The design, materials, and location of the screening is subject to the approval of the Planning DirectorDirector or designee. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1201, passed 2-17-09; Am. Ord. 1305, passed 10-7-20) § 16.0915.060 [RESERVED.]
§ 16.0915.070 BUFFERING REQUIREMENTS.

Where a commercial, office or industrial/ manufacturing use abuts a property in a residential zone, a masonry wall of minimum height six feet, with screen landscaping, must be erected and maintained between the two uses. The wall is measured from the highest adjacent grade. Masonry walls greater than 40 feet in total length must be designed with architectural columns at intervals lengths of between 12 to 16 feet. Landscape screening of the wall must also be provided on the commercial property.

Figure 0915-1
Buffering of Commercial Uses
228
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1305, passed 10-7-20) § 16.0915.080 DESIGN PRINCIPLES.

The design of structures on the industrial zoned lots must comply with the Design Review guidelines as adopted under City Council Resolution 5298, and the Downtown Development Report.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1305, passed 10-7-20) § 16.0915.090 OTHER APPLICABLE REGULATIONS.

In addition to the requirements contained in this Chapter 16.15, the following applicable requirements in this Title 16 will apply to development in commercial zones:

Chapter 16.40: General Property Development Standards
Chapter 16.42: Performance Standards
Chapter 16.44: Fences, Wall, and Hedges
Chapter 16.46: Off-Street Parking and Loading
Chapter 16.48: Signs
Chapter 16.50: Antennas and Other Telecommunications Facilities Chapter 16.54 - 16.76: Standards for Specific Land Uses Chapters 16.110-16.118: Nonconformities
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06; Am. Ord. 1305, passed 10-7-20) CHAPTER 16.1123: INSTITUTIONAL/CIVIC ZONE
Section

16.1123.010 Purpose and intent

16.1123.020 Land use and permit requirements

16.1123.030 Development standards

16.1123.040 Landscaping

16.1123.050 Other applicable regulations
§ 16.1123.010 PURPOSE AND INTENT.
229
(A) The purpose of the Institutional/Civic (IN) zone is to provide adequate space for community facilities of a public or quasi-public nature in locations best suited to serve the needs of the community, to protect such lands from intrusion by other uses, and to set forth those development standards necessary to ensure that such uses will be compatible with surrounding land uses.
(B) Civic and institutional uses generally are located on parcels throughout the city surrounded by a multitude of other zones and land uses. In order to make civic and institutional uses compatible with their surrounding uses, the development standards contained in this chapter are based upon the development standards applicable to zones adjoining proposed civic and institutional uses.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1123.020 LAND USE AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS.
(A) Permitted uses. Permitted uses in the Institutional/Civic zone are as follows:
(1) Park and recreation facilities such as parks, trails, linear parks, open space, and flood control facilities.
(2) Public schools, colleges, and similar public educational institutions. (3) Civic buildings such as City Hall, community center, and fire station. (B) Uses requiring a Conditional Use Permit. The following uses may be permitted subject to Conditional Use Permit review pursuant to Chapter 16.218 (Conditional Use Permits) of this Title 16. Special conditions that may apply to these or other institutional/civic uses are contained in Chapters 16.54 through 16.76 (Standards for Specific Land Uses) of this Title 16.
(1) Private recreation facilities.
(2) Public and private golf courses.
(3) Public and private utility facilities such as water treatment plants, sewage treatment plants, and electric power transformer and distribution facilities. (4) Cemeteries.
(5) Hospitals and medical clinics.
(C) Use requiring a Temporary Use Permit. The following uses may be permitted with a Temporary Use Permit pursuant to Chapter 16.228 (Temporary Use Permits) of this Title

16. One-time or annually occurring events such as
(1) One-time or annually occurring events such as Aarts and craft shows and exhibits. (2) , cCarnivals.,
230
(3) cCircuses.,
(4) fFairs.,
(5) sSeasonal outdoor sales., and
(6) fFarmers' markets.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1123.030 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS.
(A) The development standards applicable to the zone adjoining any property zoned Institutional/Civic will apply to that Institutional/Civic-zoned property. Where more than one zone adjoins the Institutional/Civic-zoned property and the requirements of adjoining properties are different, the standards of the adjoining zones will be averaged to determine the applicable standards for the Institutional/Civic property. (B) Along any property line of a parcel in the Institutional/Civic zone which adjoins a residential zone, a solid masonry wall not less than six feet high must be built and maintained at such property line. The required wall may be replaced by suitable landscaping of a screening nature, approved by the Planning DirectorDirector, which must be continuously maintained to achieve the desired screening effect. (C) All mechanical and electrical equipment, including duct work and piping, whether located at ground or rooftop level, must be screened from the view of an adjacent property or public right- of-way in a manner which is reasonably compatible and harmonious with the architectural style and detail of the building and must be located in a position satisfactory to the Fire Marshal and Planning DirectorDirector or their designees. (D) Outdoor storage of materials, products, and equipment, and any other outdoor use must be screened on all sides from view of adjacent properties and public rights-of-way, as directed by the Planning DirectorDirector.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1123.040 LANDSCAPING.
(A) Purpose. Landscaping is to be used to provide attractive planted areas which complement buildings on site, reduce heat and glare, control soil erosion, and screen storage and parking areas.
(B) Landscaping requirements.
(1) Landscaping must cover a minimum of 20% of the building site. Such landscaping must be provided inclusive of any landscaping required in off-street parking areas (see §

16.46.140).
231
(2) All required front yards and street facing side yards must be landscaped. (3) Landscaping of required off-street parking areas must be provided as set forth in §

16.46.100 (Landscaping Requirements) of Chapter 16.46 (Off-Street Parking and Loading) of this Title 16.
(4) No more than 20% of any required landscaped area may consist of hardscape or other non-plant materials such as fountains, rocks, masonry or brick work, paving, or similar feature.
(C) Irrigation required. All required landscape areas must be provided with permanent automatic irrigation systems suitable for the type of landscaping provided. (D) Maintenance required. All landscaping must be permanently maintained in a neat and healthy condition and in a manner that prevents adverse public health, safety, and welfare effects. Maintenance of approved landscaped installations must consist of regular watering, pruning, fertilizing, clearing of debris and weeds, removal and replacement of dead plants, and repair and replacement of irrigation systems. (E) Landscape and irrigation plans required.
(1) Landscape and irrigation plans are required for all development proposals. Such plans must indicate the square footage of each landscaped area, report the total square footage devoted to landscaping, identify each landscaping area and the types of plants to be provided therein, list the container size of each plant, and clearly portray the entire landscaping layout and irrigation system.
(2) No building permit will be issued until landscaping and irrigation plans have been reviewed and approved by the Planning DirectorDirector. (F) Water-conserving features. Landscape and irrigation plans must take full advantage of available drought-tolerant landscape materials and low-water-flow irrigation systems, except where such action conflicts with adopted fire prevention plans, or the Fire Chief determines that such would create a fire hazard.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1123.050 OTHER APPLICABLE REGULATIONS.

Chapter 16.46: Off-Street Parking and Loading
Chapter 16.48: Signs
Chapters 16.54 -16.76: Standards for Specific Land Uses (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
CHAPTER 16.1225: SPECIFIC PLAN ZONE
Section
232

16.1225.010 Purpose and intent

16.1225.020 Specific Plan zones established

16.1225.030 Minimum requirements for Specific Plans

16.1225.040 Compliance with approved Specific Plan
§ 16.1225.010 PURPOSE AND INTENT.

Specific Plans are recognized as planning tools that facilitate the logical, coordinated planning of a large area for a variety of land uses and types of development. The Specific Plan (SP) zone is established to provide maximum flexibility in the development of large properties that may benefit from unique or special land use and design policies and standards not otherwise possible under conventional zoning controls, and to establish uniform procedures for the adoption and implementation of specific plans. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1225.020 SPECIFIC PLAN ZONES ESTABLISHED.

Each specific plan area in the city will be identified on the zoning map by a number. The numbers will refer to the following specific plans:

SP-1 Adams Canyon
SP-2 Fagan Canyon
SP-3 East Area 1
SP-4 East Area 2
SP-5 South Mountain
SP-6 West Area 2
SP-7 Airpark
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1182, passed 2-4-08) § 16.1225.030 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC PLANS.

Chapter 16.216 (Specific Plans) of this Title 16 identifies the required contents and submittal requirements for all specific plans.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1159, passed 6-19-06) 233
§ 16.1225.040 COMPLIANCE WITH APPROVED SPECIFIC PLAN.
(A) When a specific plan is adopted for an area, the specific plan's land use designations, standards, and other requirements will supersede and control any contrary provision of this chapter. On issues that an adopted specific plan is silent, development within the specific plan area will be implemented pursuant to the development standards and procedures in this Title 16.
(B) All subdivision, public works projects, development agreements, and other development- related activity within a specific plan zone must be consistent with the adopted specific plan for that area. Land projects cannot be approved in an area zoned Specific Plan if a specific plan has not been adopted for that area. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
CHAPTER 16.14 29: RAILROAD OVERLAY ZONE
Section

16.1429.010 Purpose and intent

16.1429.020 Land use regulations

16.1429.030 Additional development standards
§ 16.1429.010 PURPOSE AND INTENT.
(A) The Railroad (RR) overlay zone is to provide for additional property maintenance standards and use regulations on those properties adjacent to railroad rights-of-way used for both freight, commercial passenger, and tourist-oriented rail travel. (B) The (RR) overlay zone may be used only in conjunction with an underlying zone. (C) The boundaries of the (RR) overlay correspond to the boundaries of the railroad corridor, as identified in the City of Santa Paula Land Use Element, which is 100 feet wide, with 50 feet on each side of the centerline of the track. This area is approximately 200 feet wide adjacent to Santa Paula Depot between Davis Street and Ojai Street. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1429.020 LAND USE REGULATIONS.
(A) Permitted uses. In addition to uses permitted in the underlying zone, the following uses are permitted:
(1) Tourist-oriented commercial uses where the underlying zone is commercial or industrial in nature.
234
(2) Hiking, biking, and similar recreational trails.
(B) Conditional uses. In addition to uses permitted in the underlying zone, the following use(s) may be permitted subject to Conditional Use Permit review pursuant to Chapter

16.218 (Conditional Use Permits) of this Title 16:
(1) Train station.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1429.030 ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS.

The following development standards apply in addition to the requirements of the underlying zone:
(A) Along any property line abutting a railroad right-of-way, a minimum 5-foot-wide landscaped setback must be provided for screening purposes. Such landscape screening must consist of trees capable of attaining a minimum 15-foot height within 5 years of initial planting.
(B) Outdoor storage is permitted only within a rear or interior side yard. Such storage must be entirely shielded from view from any public right-of- way by a combination of fencing, walls, and/or landscaping. All screening materials must be neatly maintained, in good repair, and kept in a manner that all screening purposes are achieved. (C) All manufacturing and processing activities must occur within a fully enclosed building or other approved fully screened interior space. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
CHAPTER 16.1531: PLANNED DEVELOPMENT OVERLAY ZONE
Section

16.1531.010 Purpose and intent

16.1531.020 Circumstances for use of PD Overlay Zone

16.1531.030 Application requirements

16.1531.040 Development standard modifications

16.1531.050 Modification to approved plans

16.1531.060 Time limit for use of planned development permit § 16.1531.010 PURPOSE AND INTENT.
235
(A) The Planned Development (PD) overlay zone is established to allow alternative development standards to be applied in limited circumstances where a property or development would benefit from the application of unique and innovative design; to permit greater design flexibility than is feasible under the strict application of conventional zoning and subdivision regulations; and to assist in preservation of areas of natural scenic beauty. (B) The PD overlay zone may only be used in conjunction with another zone. All regulations pertaining to the zone with which the PD overlay zone is combined will apply to the combined district, except that the specified requirements may be modified as provided for in this chapter.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1531.020 CIRCUMSTANCES FOR USE OF PD OVERLAY ZONE.

The PD overlay zone may be considered for use only in the following circumstances:
(A) Where a property is proximate to public parks, public buildings, areas of public interest such as locations of natural beauty, of exceptional natural resources, and areas of historical significance;
(B) Where a disparity exists between adjacent zones warranting special conditions to protect the more restricted zone; and/or
(C) Where a new residential project or conversion of an existing residential use or uses proposes residential units on smaller lots than permitted in the zone but provides compensating open space and recreational facilities, provided overall density conforms to limits established in the Santa Paula General Plan.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1531.030 APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS.
(A) Any proposal to apply the PD overlay zone to a property will require a zone change pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 16.210 (Zone Change) of this Title 16. (B) An application for a zone change to the PD overlay zone will also require a concurrent planned development permit application. No planned development permit application may be submitted for a property that is not zoned PD or will not be so zoned concurrently with the planned development permit.
(C) No permit will be issued for the grading of land, for the construction, erection or moving of any building or structure, nor for the use of any land within the Planned Development Overlay zone unless a planned development permit was approved in accordance with the provisions of this chapter; provided, however, that additions of up to 600 square feet, or up to 30% of the existing square footage, whichever is less, to existing single-family dwellings or residential accessory structures on single-family lots, which said 236
additions conform to all ordinances of the city, including the setback provisions of Chapter

16.13, and which are limited to a cut or fill of two feet for the building pad, are exempt from the requirements of obtaining a planned development permit. (D) All PD overlay zone change and planned development permit applications must be filed pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 16.202 (Applications, Processing, Filing, and Fees) of this Title 16.
(E) The planned development permit submittal requirements are as follows:
(1) Context plan consisting of photos and analysis of surrounding properties. (2) Detailed and fully dimensioned plot plan drawn to scale, clearly showing all property lines, existing and proposed buildings, structures, streets, sidewalks, walls, fences, recreational vehicle storage, patios, recreational area, lighting provisions, trash facilities, and other information necessary for plan review.
(3) A grading plan drawn to a minimum 5-foot contour, which indicates existing topography and proposed earth movement, finish grade elevations, proposed cut-and-fill slopes, necessary cross-sections, and the extent and method of drainage control. (4) A map indicating existing and proposed utility systems and services which includes, but is not limited to, sewage, fire hydrants, water, gas, drainage, television reception, communication, and electrical systems capable of serving the entire planned development. (5) A detailed landscaping plan showing the size, location, and type of landscaping proposed; the irrigation facilities; and method of maintenance thereof. (6) Elevations of each building, structure, or groups of buildings shown on all sides. (7) A full-color rendering that shows the general character of architecture and reasonably depicts the typical design layout for presentation to the Planning Commission.

A colored photo (minimum size 8 inches by 10 inches) may be substituted for the original as the file copy.
(8) Computation of the amount of improved and unimproved open space in number of net square feet.
(9) Street cross-section details and approximate curb radii, including public and private streets, if applicable.
(10) Any additional materials as determined by the Planning DirectorDirector to be necessary.
(F) All maps, plans, and diagrams must include reproducibles, except for the required colored renderings.
(G) All drawings must be on 24-inch by 36-inch sheets.
(H) Each map, except elevations, must be drawn to an engineers' scale of no smaller than 1 inch equals 50 feet and no larger than 1 inch equals 10 feet. 237
(I) If more than one sheet for any exhibit is necessary, an index sheet must be used showing the relationship of each sheet.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1172, passed 7-2-07) § 16.1531.040 DEVELOPMENT STANDARD MODIFICATIONS.
(A) In approving a planned development permit in a PD overlay zone in accordance with the overall purposes and standards of this chapter, the Planning Commission and City Council may impose special requirements and permit variations from the standards of the underlying zone as follows:
(1) Lot size and dimensions. The Commission or Council may allow for reduced lot sizes or lot dimensions, provided overall project density or intensity conforms to limits established in the Santa Paula General Plan.
(2) Traffic circulation and parking. The Commission or Council may require the provision of a reasonable number of off-street parking and loading spaces when not otherwise required for the zone when traffic conditions such as reduced or limited street capacity or a clustering of high-traffic generators are found to warrant same. The Commission or Council may require that parking areas, access, and traffic circulation patterns be designed to segregate pedestrians from vehicles, prevent traffic congestion within the parcel or on adjacent streets, and protect the privacy of abutting uses and residential streets.
(3) Building height. The Commission or Council may require, where the privacy of abutting parcels are threatened, a reduction in the building height limit normally permitted in a zone. In other situations where abutting property is not threatened and where additional building height will not present incompatibilities or general public health and safety concerns, heights in excess of the basic height limit of the zone may be permitted. (4) Yard area.
(a) The Commission or Council may permit modifications to the amount and disposition of yard space, provided that the aggregate yard area provided must be at least equal to the aggregate area required by the zones, and further provided that the yard areas at the boundary of the zone do not conflict with the required yards of any abutting zone. (b) Interior yard space and other yard areas may be required to be increased where density, height, or similar matters have been increased. (5) Landscaping. The Commission or Council may require additional landscaping to enhance the appearance of the use and the neighborhood. (6) Appearance. The Commission or Council may require a design with orientation to provide for special treatment of buildings and structures and layout of open spaces to avoid potentially unsightly or undesirable aesthetic conditions. 238
(7) Other. The Commission or Council may impose other controls or allow other deviations from standard requirements to achieve project objectives, such as but not limited to permitted projections into required yards, fence heights, and permitted landscaping materials.
(B) The Commission and Council, in allowing for such modifications, must be guided by the overriding concern of community welfare expressed by the goals, policies, and objectives of the General Plan and other adopted policies. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1531.050 MODIFICATION TO APPROVED PLANS.
(A) Subsequent modifications or changes to an approved planned development permit will be processed in the same manner as the original application. (B) If the character of the proposed change is of a nature that the intensity of the use of the parcel has not increased so as to have any additional adverse effect on abutting parcels, or the general health, safety, welfare and morals of the community, and where the initial conditions of approval are still adequate for the protection of same as determined by the Planning DirectorDirector, the modification will be processed under a minor modification permit, pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 16.222 (Minor Modifications) of this Title 16. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1531.060 TIME LIMIT FOR USE OF PLANNED DEVELOPMENT PERMIT. (A) After approval of a planned development permit, initiation of the improvements authorized therein must be begun within 12 months, unless some other period is specified by the Planning Commission, or the permit will become null and void. (B) A planned development permit subject to lapse may be renewed for a single oneyear period, provided that the application for renewal is filed with the Planning Department prior to the expiration date, pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 16.222 (Minor Modifications) of this Title 16. Additional renewals will require a public hearing before the Planning Commission.
(C) The Planning Commission may grant or deny an application for renewal of a planned development permit. As part of its action, the Commission may also modify existing conditions of approval or add new conditions to reflect any change in circumstances related to the planned development permit and surrounding properties. (D) In the event the Planning Commission denies the owner's application for extension, the owner may appeal to the City Council.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
239
CHAPTER 16.1633: HISTORIC LANDMARK OVERLAY ZONING DISTRICTS Section

16.1633.010 Purpose and intent

16.1633.020 Procedures for establishment

16.1633.030 Review of projects

16.1633.040 [Reserved]

16.1633.050 Maintenance of property

16.1633.060 Alteration permit

16.1633.070 Consistency with other laws

16.1633.080 Other applicable regulations
§ 16.1633.010 PURPOSE AND INTENT.

The purpose of this overlay district is to establish the protection and recognition of historic buildings and neighborhoods with historic merit. The overlay will require special development and design review standards for projects within this identified Historic Overlay district. This chapter provides for the identification and designation of historic places, buildings, works of art, neighborhoods, and other objects of historic or cultural interest within the city.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1633.020 PROCEDURES FOR ESTABLISHMENT.
(A) Applications for designation of a historic landmark may be initiated by any person who is able to demonstrate a legal vested interest in the property proposed for the landmark designation. The authorized agent of any person with a legal vested interest may also initiate an application. The Planning DirectorDirector may request proof of ownership or authorization to apply prior to the acceptance of any application. (B) Applications for designation of a historic district may be initiated by any individual, the Planning DirectorDirector, the Planning Commission, or the City Council. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1633.030 REVIEW OF PROJECTS.
240
(A) Determination of application's merit. Upon acceptance of an application for designation of a historic landmark or historic district as complete, the Planning DirectorDirector will forward the application to the Design Assistance Committee for a preliminary assessment of the merits of the application, in accordance with City Council Ordinance No. 816.
(B) No merit determination. If the Design Assistance Committee determines that the application has no merit, the application will be rejected and no further action will be taken, unless an appeal to the Historic Preservation Commission is filed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 16.206 (Appeals and Revocations). (C) Merit determination. If the Design Assistance Committee determines that the proposed historic landmark or district designation has merit, the Commission will set a date for a public hearing to consider the application.
(D) Public hearing - Historic Preservation Commission.
(1) A public hearing before the Historic Preservation Commission will be noticed and conducted pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 16.204 (Public Hearings). (2) At the public hearing, the Commission will review the application and receive evidence as to how or why the proposed historic landmark or district represents and exemplifies an important aspect of the cultural or architectural history of the City of Santa Paula or Ventura County.
(3) The Commission will act by resolution to recommend to the City Council approval, approval with modifications, or denial of the proposed application. (4) The Commission's resolution will include its recommendation and will be transmitted to the City Clerk for scheduling the matter for public hearing before the City Council.
(E) Public hearing - City Council.
(1) Upon receipt of the Historic Preservation Commission resolution, the City Clerk will set the matter for hearing before the City Council as provided for in Chapter 16.204 (Public Hearings).
(2) At the hearing, the City Council will review the Commission's recommendation and receive evidence as to how or why the proposed designation of a historic landmark or district furthers the goals of the city with respect to the identification and protection of important historic and cultural resources.
(3) The City Council will act by ordinance to approve, approve with modifications, or deny the application. The Council's action will be final and will become effective upon the effective date of the ordinance.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
241
§ 16.1633.040 [RESERVED.]
§ 16.1633.050 MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY.

The owner or individual in charge of a designated landmark or a structure within a historic district must maintain the designated landmark or structure within the historic district in good condition, in accordance with City Council Ordinance No. 816. If the owner or individual in charge fails to make the necessary improvements for maintenance, the city may make the improvements and charge the costs as a lien against the property. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1633.060 ALTERATION PERMIT.
(A) Public hearings will be required for the review and approval of a permit for alteration, restoration, construction, removal or demolition of or on a designated historic landmark or property within the historic district, unless the Building Official, in accordance with City Council Ordinance No. 816, declares the subject structure unsafe. (B) The Historic Preservation Commission will serve as the hearing body on matters related to the approval/disapproval of alteration permits. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1633.070 CONSISTENCY WITH OTHER LAWS.

When state and federal laws are in conflict with the provisions for preservation and maintenance of historic landmarks outlined in this Title 16 and City Council Ordinance No. 816, the provisions of state and federal laws will prevail to the extent of the conflict. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.1633.080 OTHER APPLICABLE REGULATIONS.

In addition to the requirements contained in this Chapter 16.33, the provisions of Chapter

16.200 (Administration of the Development Code) and City Council Ordinance No. 816 will apply to the designation of historic landmarks and districts.

Chapter 16.232: Tree Removal Permit
City Council Ordinance No. 816
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
CHAPTER 16.1734: HISTORICAL PROPERTY AGREEMENTS
242
Section

16.1734.010 Purpose

16.1734.020 Definitions

16.1734.030 Application for agreement

16.1734.040 Review process; Commission

16.1734.050 Review process; City Council consideration

16.1734.060 Recording

16.1734.070 Notice for public hearings

16.1734.080 Agreement; general conditions

16.1734.090 Termination

16.1734.100 Automatic renewal; nonrenewal

16.1734.110 Fees

16.1734.120 Nonexclusive
§ 16.1734.010 PURPOSE.

This chapter is intended to implement the Mills Act (Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 50280, et seq.) for the purpose of authorizing the city to enter into agreements with private owners of historical property for rehabilitation, restoration, preservation, and maintenance of qualified historical property. To provide incentive for such property owners, this Chapter will allow certain tax reductions pursuant to Cal. Rev. and Tax. Code §§ 439, et seq. (Ord. 1219, passed 11-16-09)
§ 16.1734.020 DEFINITIONS.

Unless the contrary is stated or clearly appears from the context, the following definitions govern the construction of the words and phrases used in this article. Words and phrases not defined by this chapter will have the meanings stated elsewhere in this code, or under the Act, if defined there.

ACT means the Mills Act as set forth at Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 50280, et seq.

AGREEMENT means a written contract entered into between the city and an owner in accordance with this chapter.

COMMISSION means the Historic Preservation Commission established by this code; 243
DIRECTOR means the Planning DirectorDirector or other person designated by the City Manager;
OWNER means a person owning a qualified historical property; QUALIFIED HISTORICAL PROPERTY means privately owned property that is not exempt from property taxation that is all of the following:
(1) Individually listed in the National Register of Historic Places or the California Register of Historic Resources;
(2) Designated as a city landmark pursuant to Ordinance No. 816 (adopted November 21, 1984) or as set forth by this code; and.
(3) A commercial use.

WORK includes rehabilitation, restoration, preservation, or maintenance of a qualified historical property.
(Ord. 1219, passed 11-16-09)
§ 16.1734.030 APPLICATION FOR AGREEMENT.

An owner, or designee, may apply to the Director for an agreement on a form provided by the Director. The application must contain at least the following:
(A) The address and location of the qualified historical property; (B) Documentary evidence that the property is a qualified historical property; (C) A legal description of the property;
(D) A title report or other evidence verifying the owner's property interest in the qualified historical property;
(E) The nature and estimated cost of proposed work;
(F) A maintenance plan for the qualified historical property; (G) Such additional information the Director reasonably requires to thoroughly evaluate an application for an agreement.
(Ord. 1219, passed 11-16-09)
§ 16.1734.040 REVIEW PROCESS; COMMISSION.
(A) Within 30 days after receiving a complete application, the Director must determine whether or not an application should be considered for an agreement. The Director's failure to render a decision within 30 days is deemed a denial. 244
(B) If the Director determines an application should be considered for an agreement, the Director will forward a recommendation to the Commission for Public Hearing and Consideration.
(C) Not later than 30 days after the Director forwards an application, the Commission should hold a public hearing to review the application for the agreement and consider whether to recommend to the City Council whether an agreement is desirable. Failure to conduct a public hearing, or make a recommendation, within this time period will have no effect on the application or the City's decision regarding the application. (D) Any Commission recommendation to the City Council will be set forth in a written resolution that makes findings supporting the Commission's recommendations. Such findings should include, if applicable, how the work proposed by the application will benefit the city.
(Ord. 1219, passed 11-16-09)
§ 16.1734.050 REVIEW PROCESS - CITY COUNCIL CONSIDERATION. (A) Within 30 days after the Commission makes a recommendation, the City Council should conduct a public hearing to consider the recommendation and other evidence.

Failure to conduct a public hearing, or make a recommendation, within this time period will have no effect on the application or the city's decision regarding the application. (B) Following the public hearing, the city Council may take any appropriate action regarding an application for an agreement including, without limitation, authorizing the city manager, or designee, to enter into an agreement with an owner; denying the application; or remanding the application back to the Commission for additional information.
(Ord. 1219, passed 11-16-09)
§ 16.1734.060 RECORDING.

If the City Council authorizes an agreement, the City Clerk must cause such a contract to be recorded with the Ventura County Recorder's office within 20 days after the agreement is fully executed.
(Ord. 1219, passed 11-16-09)
§ 16.1734.070 NOTICE FOR PUBLIC HEARINGS.

Notices for the public hearings set forth in this chapter will be accomplished in accordance with Title 16 of this Code and Cal. Gov’t Code § 6061. 245
(Ord. 1219, passed 11-16-09)
§ 16.1734.080 AGREEMENT; GENERAL CONDITIONS.
(A) Completion of work. Agreements must include terms and conditions requiring the owner to complete the work and maintain the qualified historical property in accordance with the owner's maintenance plan. So long as the owner performs the work and maintains the qualified historical property, that property is eligible for reassessment of valuation pursuant to Cal. Rev. and Tax. Code §§ 439, et seq. (including, if applicable, subsequently enacted amendments) if the Ventura County Assessor determines that those provisions of the California Revenue and Taxation Code apply to the qualified historical property. (B) Term. The term of agreements are a minimum of ten years. (C) Compliance with applicable law. In addition to all other applicable laws, the owner must agree to complete the work and maintain the qualified historical property in accordance with the rules and regulations of the office of Historic Preservation of the California Department of Parks and Recreation and the United States Secretary of the Interior's standards for the treatment of historic properties. (D) Inspections. The owner must give the city permission to periodically examine the interior and exterior of the qualified historical property. Such permission must extend to the Ventura County Assessor and the state of California including, without limitation, the State Board of Equalization, so that the owners' continued compliance with the agreement can be verified.
(E) Binding on successors. Agreements must include a requirement that the agreement be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, all successors in interest of the owner. A successor in interest will have all of the rights and obligations of the original owner. (F) Indemnification. Agreements must include a hold harmless provision which will, in part, cause owners to indemnify the city, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees and agents from any liability arising from the owner's activities. The provision must be in a form approved by the city attorney.
(G) Insurance. Owners must obtain liability insurance from an insurance company licensed to do business in the state of California and having a financial rating in Best's Insurance Guide of not less than "A VII." Such insurance will provide "occurrence" coverage against liabilities for death, personal injury or property damage arising out of or in any way connected with the owner's activities. Such insurance will be based upon the nature of the franchisee's activities, the risks foreseeably involved, and will be in the amount prescribed by city council resolution or city policy. Insurance will name the city and the city's elected and appointed officials, officers, and employees as additional insureds under the coverage afforded. In addition, such insurance will be primary and noncontributing with respect to any other insurance available to the city and will include a severability of interest (crossliability) clause. 246
(Ord. 1219, passed 11-16-09)
§ 16.1734.090 TERMINATION.
(A) Agreements must include a provision allowing the City Council to terminate the agreement if, after a public hearing, it finds any one of the following:
(1) The owner breached the agreement;
(2) The property subject to the agreement no longer meets the definition of a qualified historical property set forth in this chapter; or
(3) The owner failed to pay reasonable inspection fees or otherwise failed to cooperate in allowing periodic inspections of the property as required by this chapter or the agreement.
(B) Should an agreement be terminated in accordance with this chapter, the owner must pay a cancellation fee of 12.5% of the full value of the property at the time of cancellation as determined by the Ventura County Assessor, or such other percentage or amount provided by applicable law, without regard to the agreement.
(C) Should a qualified historical property be acquired through eminent domain or in lieu of eminent domain, and the City Council determines that such acquisition frustrates the purpose of the agreement; the agreement will be terminated without a cancellation fee. (D) The City Council's authority to terminate any agreement pursuant to this chapter is not exclusive and is cumulative with all other remedies available in law or equity. (Ord. 1219, passed 11-16-09)
§ 16.1734.100 AUTOMATIC RENEWAL; NONRENEWAL.
(A) Agreements must contain a clause that automatically renews the term of the agreement, upon the anniversary date of its initial term, for an additional term of one year. (B) Should an agreement contain an automatic renewal clause, then the agreement may be cancelled as follows:
(1) By the city upon written cancellation notice at least 60 days before the renewal date;
(2) By the owner upon written cancellation notice at least 90 days before the renewal date.
(C) Should a nonrenewal notice be served by either the city or the owner, the agreement will remain in effect until its anniversary date.
247
(D) An owner may, upon receipt of a nonrenewal notice from the city, make a written protest to the City Council of the nonrenewal. Such written protest must state with specificity the reasons for such protest. The City Council may, at any time before the effective date of the nonrenewal, rescind the nonrenewal notice. (Ord. 1219, passed 11-16-09)
§ 16.1734.110 FEES.
(A) Fees to compensate the city for processing and administering applications for agreements may be adopted by City Council resolution. Such fees may not amount to more than 100% of the amount needed to reimburse the city for processing costs of the agreement including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and administrative costs.
(B) The city may impose separate inspection fees, after approving an agreement, to reimburse the city for actual inspection costs associated with enforcing the agreement and this chapter.
(Ord. 1219, passed 11-16-09)
§ 16.1734.120 NONEXCLUSIVE.

Utilizing this chapter is only one method of preserving historically significant properties within the city's jurisdiction. Nothing in this chapter is intended to preclude, nor does it, the city or an owners to take other action for preserving historically significant properties. (Ord. 1219, passed 11-16-09)
CHAPTER 16.1835: HOUSING OPPORTUNITIES OVERLAY ZONE
Section

16.1835.01 Purpose and intent

16.1835.02 Definitions

16.1835.03 Application

16.1835.04 Eligibility criteria

16.1835.05 Relationship to State Density Bonus Law

16.1835.06 Procedure

16.1835.07 Site development permit

16.1835.08 Temporary uses permitted
248

16.1835.09 Accessory uses permitted

16.1835.10 Parking standards, incentives and waivers

16.1835.11 Site development standards for residential uses

16.1835.12 General requirements

16.1835.13 Application

16.1835.14 Affordable housing agreement

16.1835.15 Administration and appeals
§ 16.1835.01 PURPOSE AND INTENT.

The purpose of this chapter is to allow development of affordable housing within the Commercial/Light Industrial zone. The intent is to facilitate the realization of affordable housing objectives presented in the Santa Paula Housing Element of the General Plan. (Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.02 DEFINITIONS.

Unless the contrary is stated or clearly appears from the context, the following definitions govern the construction of the words and phrases used in this chapter:

AFFORDABLE HOUSING - Means dwelling units made available to moderate, low, and very low income households.

AFFORDABLE HOUSING COST - Has the same meaning as set forth in Cal. Health & Safety Code § 50052.5, and any successor statute or regulation.

AFFORDABLE RENT - Has the same meaning as set forth in Cal. Health & Safety Code § 50053, and any successor statute or regulation.

AREA MEDIAN INCOME - Has the same meaning as set forth in Cal. Health & Safety Code § 50093, and any successor statute or regulation.

ASSEMBLY HALL - Means a building or portion of a building used for large scale public or private gatherings of people. For example, and without limitation, ASSEMBLY HALLS include private educational facilities; clubs, and similar kinds of facilities whether available for public or private use.

CHILD DAY CARE FACILITY - Has the same meaning as set forth in Cal. Health & Safety Code § 159676, for children 12 years of age or younger who are residents of the qualified housing development.
249
DEVELOPMENT SITE - Means the site on which the qualified housing development will be constructed.

DEVELOPMENT STANDARD - Means site or construction conditions that apply to a residential development pursuant to applicable law.

DIRECTOR - Means the Director or such other director designated by the City Manager.

HOUSEHOLD - Means one person living alone or two or more persons sharing residency whose income is considered for housing payments.

HUD - Means the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development.

INCENTIVE - Has the same meaning as Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915 and includes reduction in site development standards, modification of zoning regulations, approval of mixed use zoning and other incentives that would result in cost reductions.

LOW-INCOME HOUSEHOLDS - Mean households where the gross annual income does not exceed 80% of the county median household income as defined in Cal. Health & Safety Code § 50079.5, and any successor statute or regulation.

MODERATE INCOME HOUSEHOLD - Means a household with an income not exceeding qualifying limits set for “persons and families of low or moderate income” in Cal. Health & Safety Code § 50093, and any successor statute or regulation.

QUALIFIED HOUSING DEVELOPMENT - Means a rental housing project that meets the eligibility criteria set forth in this chapter.

VERY LOW-INCOME HOUSEHOLDS - Means households where the gross annual income does not exceed 50% of the county median household income as defined in Cal. Health & Safety Code § 50105, and any successor statute or regulation. (Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.03 APPLICATION.
(A) This section applies to affordable housing projects that are located in the Commercial/Light Industrial zone.
(B) Affordable housing projects to which this section applies include the following:
(1) Projects located on vacant sites.
(2) Projects located on building sites or within structures that include vacant residential, commercial or industrial uses.
(3) Projects where residential uses replace commercial or industrial uses in a preexisting structure. 250
(C) In all cases, the residential uses must satisfy the regulations in this chapter including, without limitation, the site development standards.
(D) Any commercial or industrial uses must comply with the applicable zoning regulations.
(Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.04 ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA.

To be considered a qualified housing development under this chapter, the affordable housing development must meet the following criteria:
(A) It must be a rental project.
(B) 100% of the units must be available for affordable housing (the manager’s unit is exempted).
(C) At least 60% of the total number of units must be reserved for low-income households. This percentage may be decreased to 45% if there will be greater than 30% of the total number of units reserved for very-low income households. (D) At least 20% of the total number of units must be reserved for very-low income households.
(Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.05 RELATIONSHIP TO STATE DENSITY BONUS LAW.

Since the affordability requirements of this chapter are more restrictive than those in State Density Bonus Law, it is assumed that any qualified housing development will also qualify for a density bonus.
(Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.06 PROCEDURE.

The Director will review an application received for a site development permit issued in accordance with this chapter and must issue a site development permit within 60 days of deeming the application complete if the Director finds all of the following:
(A) The application complies with all applicable law including, without limitation, this chapter;
(B) The application complies with the design requirements of this chapter; (C) The application is consistent with the General Plan and this code. 251
(Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.07 SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT.
(A) The qualified housing projects allowed by this chapter require a SDP. (B) Applications for a site development permit pursuant to this chapter are subject to an administrative review process. Pursuant to Cal. Gov’t Code § 65583.2(i), such permits do not require discretionary local government review or approval that constitutes a project for purposes Cal. Public Resources Code §§ 21000 et seq. (C) The administrative review process does not include the requirement for a public hearing.
(Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.08 TEMPORARY USES PERMITTED.

Temporary uses identified by this chapter are allowed.
(Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.09 ACCESSORY USES PERMITTED.

The following accessory uses and structures are allowed when customarily associated with, and subordinate to, a permitted residential use on the same development site and when consistent with the approved site development permit for the project. (A) Uses which include:
(1) Garages and carports;
(2) Fences and walls;
(3) Patio covers; and
(4) Swimming pools.
(B) All signs except roof signs or projecting signs.
(C) Noncommercial keeping of pets and animals.
(D) Home occupations.
(E) Manager’s unit which is exempt from affordability requirements. (F) Child day care facility.
252
(G) Accessory uses and structures which the Director finds consistent with the design of the development project and consistent with the purpose and intent of these regulations. (H) Assembly halls.
(Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.10 PARKING STANDARDS, INCENTIVES AND WAIVERS. (A) If the qualified housing development meets the criteria set forth in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915 (State Density Bonus Law) and is eligible to receive a density bonus, the applicant may request that the required number of parking spaces set forth in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915 be applied to the project.
(B) Parking space requirements for projects eligible for a density bonus are as follows (inclusive of handicapped and guest parking):
(1) Zero to one bedroom: one on-site parking space;
(2) Two to three bedrooms: two on-site parking spaces;
(3) Four or more bedrooms: two and one-half on-site parking spaces. (4) These parking space requirements are considered an alternative site development standard applied to the project and will not be considered as one of the incentives for which the project may be eligible.
(C) In addition to the reduced parking space requirements, applicants with qualified housing developments that qualify for a density bonus are entitled to request from one to three incentives that would result in the reduction of affordable housing costs based upon their level of affordability. The applicant will receive the following incentives or concessions:
(1) One incentive or concessions for projects that include at least 10% of the total units for lower income households, at least 5% for very low income households, or at least 10% for persons and families of moderate income in a common interest development. (2) Two incentives or concessions for projects that include at least 20% of the total units for lower income households, at least 10% for very low income households, or at least 20% for persons and families of moderate income in a common interest development. (3) Three incentives or concessions for projects that include at least 30% of the total units for lower income households, at least 15% for very low income households, or at least 30% for persons and families of moderate income in a common interest development. (D) The requested incentives must be granted unless one of the following findings is made:
253
(1) The concession or incentive is not required in order to provide for affordable housing costs, as defined in Cal. Health & Safety Code § 50052.5, or for rents for the targeted units to be set as specified in Cal. Gov’t Code § 65915(c). (2) The concession or incentive would have a specific adverse impact, as defined in Cal.

Gov’t Code § 65589.5(d)(2), upon public health and safety or the physical environment or on any real property that is listed in the California Register of Historical Resources and for which there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without rendering the development unaffordable to low- and moderate-income households.
(E) Applicants may also request additional waivers to development standards. Each waiver, or modification, requested must demonstrate the waiver is necessary to physically accommodate the number of units to which the developer is entitled under Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65915 et seq.
(Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.11 SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS FOR RESIDENTIAL USES. (A) The site development standards for residential uses are the base site development standards of the zoning district in which the qualified housing development is located. The maximum density for each development site is 21 dwelling units per gross acre. Parking requirements must be in accordance with the residential requirements of § 16.35.10 of this ordinance or according to Cal. Gov’t Code §§ 65915 et seq. (B) Child care facilities may be included in the qualified housing development at the discretion of the applicant and are subject to an administrative review process. They do not require a separate use permit. The child care facility would be available only to children who reside in the qualified housing development.
(C) The following are the base district site development standards for residential uses and co-located child care facilities in the zones where qualified housing developments can be developed:
(1) Twenty percent of the lot is to be open space (10% must contain amenities, 10% must contain landscaping);
(2) Front yard setback 20 feet;
(3) Rear yard setback 20 feet (single story);
(4) Rear yard setback 15 feet (second story or higher); and (5) Building height: 3 stories, maximum 45 feet high.
(D) Landscaping must be installed and maintained as required by the city landscape regulations.
254
(Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.12 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

The following conditions apply to all qualified housing developments:
(A) Occupancy standards for each dwelling unit must meet the minimum standards of the 1997 California Uniform Housing Code or the California Employee Housing Act, depending upon which is applicable.
(B) Before the city issues a certificate of occupancy, the owner must submit a management plan that provides for on-site property management subject to the Director’s approval.
(C) Dwelling units must remain affordable in the original affordability category for a period of not less than 55 years.
(D) When determining the maximum affordable rent, the Director must use following HUD guidelines regarding household and unit size assumptions:

Unit Size Household Size
Studio 1 person
1-bedroom 2 persons
2-bedroom 4 persons
3-bedroom 6 persons
4-bedroom 8 persons
(E) A building facade color and materials palette must be submitted for approval by the Director before the city issues any grading or building permit. (Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.13 APPLICATION.

Applications for a qualified housing development must include a description of the following:
(A) A narrative of the purpose and the scope of the qualified housing development. (B) Identification of the neighborhood that will be served by the qualified housing development. A map with boundaries of the qualified housing development must be included.
255
(C) Documentation of neighborhood services (public transportation, schools, shopping, etc.).
(D) An explanation regarding how the qualified housing development promotes affordable housing.
(E) A discussion regarding any other relevant issues regarding land use. (Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.14 AFFORDABLE HOUSING AGREEMENT.
(A) A written agreement must be executed between the developer and city that specifies the number and type of all affordable housing within a qualified housing development; the formula for determining rental rates of all affordable housing; the method of providing proof of eligibility as a very low, low, or moderate-income household; and such additional information as may be required by the city to determine the developer’s compliance with this chapter.
(B) Such an agreement must specify that the required qualified housing development must be reserved for and rented to very low and low-income households. Further, the term of such an agreement must be at least 55 years.
(C) The agreement must be in a form approved by the City Attorney, and, upon execution of the agreement, it must be recorded with the Ventura County Recorder’s office. (D) A new deed restriction must be executed and recorded upon each change of ownership to maintain the restrictions on qualified housing development before the term for such restrictions expires.
(E) A certificate of occupancy cannot be issued for a project subject to the provisions of this section until after the agreement required by this section is executed. (F) The obligation of the owner to provide for management of the qualified housing development including maintenance. Management must also monitor the use of parking spaces within the qualified housing development to assure that the parking spaces are provided, maintained and used in accordance with the terms of the affordable housing agreement.
(G) The obligation of the owner to pay the costs of monitoring the continued affordability of the project by the city. The monitoring program and associated fees will be established by City Council resolution.
(Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
§ 16.1835.15 ADMINISTRATION AND APPEALS.
256
The Director is authorized to administer this chapter. An applicant may appeal any decision of the Director to the Planning Commission by filing a written notice of appeal with the City Clerk within ten calendar days after notice of the Director’s action has been communicated to the applicant.
(Ord. 1242, passed 5-7-12)
CHAPTER 16.2040: GENERAL PROPERTY DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Section

16.2040.010 Purpose and intent

16.2040.020 Access and circulation

16.2040.030 Boundary walls

16.2040.040 Building height measurement

16.2040.050 Clear-sight triangle area

16.2040.060 Drainage and storm water control

16.2040.070 Mechanical equipment screening

16.2040.080 Outdoor sales

16.2040.090 Property maintenance

16.2040.100 Recreational vehicle parking and storage

16.2040.110 Solid waste/recycling receptacles and enclosures

16.2040.120 Substandard lots

16.2040.130 Through lots

16.2040.140 Permitted projections into required setbacks

16.2040.150 Yard regulations

16.2040.160 Rooftop solar energy systems
§ 16.20 40.010 PURPOSE AND INTENT.

This chapter establishes site planning, development standard, property maintenance, and property use regulations applicable to all properties in the city. This chapter also sets forth special land use regulations and development standards that apply to specified uses that are permitted in several zones.

The regulations contained in this chapter are established to enhance the appearance of the community; to provide measurable standards of appropriate, acceptable, and functional 257
site design; to deter blighting and nuisance conditions; to minimize hazards to the public; and to protect private investments made in private property. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.020 ACCESS AND CIRCULATION.
(A) Safe, adequate, and legal access required.
(1) Every development site must be provided, to the satisfaction of the City Engineer, with safe and adequate vehicle and pedestrian access that minimizes traffic hazards to vehicles and pedestrians.
(2) Every development site must have legal access to a public street in the form of either direct parcel frontage on such a street, permanent access via a public or private easement, or access via a recorded reciprocal access agreement. Shared driveways are not permitted.
(B) Circulation. Every development project must provide safe and adequate internal vehicle and pedestrian circulation that, to the maximum extent feasible based on specific development site physical characteristics, separates pedestrian circulation from vehicular circulation, incorporates defensible space design considerations, and complements the internal circulation and public access provided on any adjacent development sites. Where feasible, parking lots must connect. Future vehicle and pedestrian connections must also be provided.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.030 BOUNDARY WALLS.

Wherever a boundary wall is required by this Title 16 to separate abutting land uses, such wall must be constructed of materials complementary in style, color, and form to the structure or structures on the same development site as the wall. Through the design review, conditional use permit, or similar project review process, conditions may be placed on the permit approval requiring additional wall treatment, including, but not limited to, landscaping, wall placement and wall height.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.040 BUILDING HEIGHT MEASUREMENT.

Building height must be measured as set forth in § 16.05.030 ("B" Definitions) of this Title

16. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
258
§ 16.2040.050 CLEAR-SIGHT TRIANGLE AREA.

The intent of the clear-sight triangle area is to ensure visibility for operators of motor vehicles, bicycles, and pedestrians on intersecting roadways. Within a clear-sight triangle area, nothing may be placed, planted, erected, or allowed to grow that extends above 36 inches in height, measured from the adjacent street, alley, or sidewalk grade (Figure 40-1).

However, pole signs with a sign face that is at least eight feet above grade may be placed within a clear-sight triangle area.

Figure 2040-1
Clear-Sight Triangle Area
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.060 DRAINAGE AND STORM WATER CONTROL.

All development projects must include on-site drainage and storm water control improvements which, to the satisfaction of the City Engineer, safely and adequately convey runoff to public drainage control and storm drain facilities, avoid impact on adjacent properties, and meet applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System requirements.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.070 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCREENING.

All mechanical and electrical equipment, including ducting and piping, whether located at ground level or on a rooftop, must be screened from view. Such screening must be compatible with and complementary to the architectural style and detail of the structure 259
that they serve and must be located in a position satisfactory to the Fire Marshal and the Planning DirectorDirector, or their designees.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.080 OUTDOOR SALES.

Except as otherwise provided by this Code, the outdoor display of goods and materials for sale, lease, or rent, except for automobiles, motorcycles, recreational vehicles, and similar vehicles, is not permitted unless associated with a special event for which a Temporary Use Permit has been granted pursuant the provisions of Chapter 16.228 of this Title 16. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04; Am. Ord. 1201, passed 2-17-09) § 16.2040.090 PROPERTY MAINTENANCE.
(A) All properties in the city must be maintained in a manner which avoids potentially adverse health, safety, and aesthetic conditions, and which is consistent with any property maintenance regulations adopted by the city.
(B) At a minimum, the following property maintenance standards apply:
(1) Abandoned and inoperable automobiles; recreational vehicles; camper shells; or boats must not be kept on an unscreened driveway of private property for more than seven days.
(2) Debris, rubbish, and trash, including but not limited to discarded furniture, appliances, boxes, toys, building materials, etc., must not be visible from public rights-ofway for more than three days. (3) All structures and walls must be maintained free of graffiti. (4) Structurally unsafe buildings, including but not limited to those with known fire hazards; faulty weather protection broken roofs; windows and doors; partially constructed structures when construction has ceased; unoccupied buildings that are left open; hazardous fences or walls; abandoned signs; and damaged buildings must be demolished, removed, or fenced to prevent public access.
(5) Clotheslines are not allowed in front yards, nor may fences, walls, doors or windows be used as clotheslines.
(6) Erosion, subsidence, and surface water problems within a property must be abated. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.100 RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARKING AND STORAGE. 260
(A) Front yard parking time limit. No recreational vehicle, or any trailer used for towing or parking such vehicle, is permitted to be parked in any front yard, including any driveway or portion of a driveway within a front yard, in any zone district for a time period exceeding 48 hours.
(B) Size and number limit of vehicles in residential zone districts. Parking of recreational vehicles is permitted in the side and rear yards of lots in residential zone districts, subject to the following restrictions:
(1) A maximum of one recreational vehicle is permitted on a residential property; and (2) The vehicle does not exceed a height of 96 inches or a length of 32 feet; and (3) The vehicle is set back a minimum of 20 feet from the front property line and three feet from the side and rear property lines.
(C) Recreational vehicle storage. Recreational vehicle storage in any nonresidential zone district must be permitted only in approved storage facilities. Screening must be provided in accordance with the provisions of § 16.46.130 of this Title 16. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.110 SOLID WASTE/RECYCLING RECEPTACLES AND ENCLOSURES. (A) Facilities required. The design of any new, substantially remodeled, or expanded multi-family residential, commercial, industrial, or institutional building or structure must provide for solid waste storage facilities and enclosures that will accommodate anticipated solid waste collection needs, will allow for efficient and safe waste removal, and will accommodate collection and removal of recyclable materials. (B) Site development standards.
(1) Solid waste storage areas must be located where they do not interfere with the traffic patterns of persons or vehicles.
(2) Solid waste storage areas must be located where they are readily accessible to collection personnel at all times.
(3) Solid waste storage enclosures for residential developments must be located where they are screened from view from public streets and highways. (4) Solid waste storage areas must be provided on a level surface so that storage containers remain at rest without auxiliary restraining devices. (C) Solid waste storage area enclosures.
(1) All commercial and industrial developments and all apartment or condominium developments of three or more dwelling units per lot or building site must provide enclosures for refuse containers built to city standards. 261
(2) The exterior architectural treatment and color of waste storage areas must be compatible with the main building treatment.
(3) All business and property owners are responsible for policing trash and debris generated from their property.
(4) Solid waste storage areas must not be allowed within the front 20 feet of a property, nor in the side ten feet on the street side of a corner lot. (5) All solid waste enclosures must have an opaque gate with a closable latch. (6) Each solid waste enclosure must be constructed to have the minimum dimensions of 12 feet wide, eight feet deep and five feet high, and must include a roof in accordance with Ventura County Storm Water Urban Impact Mitigation Plan (SQUIMP) requirements.

The city may require a larger enclosure as needed to accommodate solid waste collection and recyclable materials containers. The configuration of the enclosure may be varied to accommodate the design of the site and number of containers over the minimum needed. (Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.120 SUBSTANDARD LOTS.

When a lot has less than the minimum required area, width, or depth stipulated for the zone district in which it is located, and provided such lot was of record as a legal lot on the effective date of any ordinance establishing minimum lot area, width, or depth, such lot must be considered to meet the applicable minimum lot area, width, or depth requirements for that zone district.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.130 THROUGH LOTS.
(A) Subdivisions must be designed without through lots, if possible. (B) On a through lot, either lot line adjacent to the public right-of-way may be designated as the front lot line.
(C) In such cases, the minimum rear yard setback must equal the average setback of primary structures on the adjoining lots. Where such adjoining lots are undeveloped, the minimum rear yard setback must conform to the front yard setback for the zone district in which the property is located.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.140 PERMITTED PROJECTIONS INTO REQUIRED SETBACKS. 262
Architectural and structural features on a building are permitted to project into a required setback as set forth in Table 40-1, but in all cases must be at least three feet from any property line.

TABLE 2040-1
Permitted Projections into Required Setback Areas
Feature Permitted Projection
Eaves, cornices, bay windows, other architectural features not providing floor space
2 ft. maximum
Fireplace structures, 8 ft. wide or less 2 ft. maximum
Stairways, fire escapes Pursuant to Building
Code
Uncovered porches at first floor level, handicap ramps 6 ft. into front and side yard
Balconies 3 ft. maximum
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.150 YARD REGULATIONS.
(A) All required yards and setback areas must be unobstructed from the ground to the sky except for landscaping, walkways, required driveway and similar features. (B) No parcel or development site may be divided or reduced in area or dimension in any manner that causes a required yard area to be reduced below the minimum standard for the zone district in which the parcel or development site is located. (C) When a common lot line separating two or more contiguous lots is covered by a building or buildings, or when such lots are used as a single development site, such lots 263
constitute a single development site, and the yard setbacks required by this Title 16 will not apply to the common lot line.
(Ord. 1100, passed 7-6-04)
§ 16.2040.160 ROOFTOP SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS.

This section sets forth requirements for permitting of solar energy systems installed on roofs.
(A) Administrative permit requirements. Rooftop solar energy systems shall be subject to the following requirements:
(1) Rooftop energy systems may be installed upon issuance of an administrative permit in compliance with Chapter 16.238.
(2) Applications for rooftop energy systems may be submitted electronically, and an electronic signature shall be accepted in lieu of a wet signature. (3) A complete application meeting the requirements of the city’s approved streamlined solar permitting checklist shall be approved in accordance with Chapter 16.40 upon successful completion of an inspection by the Director or his or her designee. No more than one inspection shall be required except where the system fails an initial inspection or a separate fire safety inspection is required. (4) Notwithstanding § 16.238.07, review of an application for an administrative permit for a rooftop energy system shall be limited to a determination of whether the system meets all health and safety requirements of federal and state law, and local standards and regulations necessary to ensure that the proposed system will not have a specific, adverse impact upon the public health or safety.
(5) Notwithstanding subparagraph (4) above, a conditional use permit shall be required where the Director finds, based on substantial evidence, that the solar energy system could have specific, adverse impact on public health and safety. If the Director finds that a conditional use permit is required, such permit shall not be denied unless the Director makes written findings based on substantial evidence in the record that the proposed system would have a specific, adverse impact upon the public health and safety and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid that impact. (6) Any conditions imposed on a permit to install a rooftop energy system shall be designed to mitigate specific, adverse impacts upon the public health and safety at the lowest cost possible.
(7) Development standards. Rooftop energy systems shall conform to all applicable height standards as set forth in Title 16 of the Santa Paula Municipal Code. (Ord. 1257, passed 10-19-15)
264
To: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
From: Donald Aguilar, Police Chief
Subject: PUBLIC SAFETY USE OF UNMANNED AERIAL SYSTEMS (UAS) DRAFT

POLICY APPROVAL
Date: June 18, 2025
Agenda Item: 12.A

CITY OF SANTA PAULA

MEMORANDUM
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends the City Council:

1. Approve the recommended draft UAS policy.

Presented by: POLICE CHIEF DON AGUILAR
BACKGROUND:

Small, remotely operated Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS), also commonly referred to as "drones,” are an efficient and effective way of providing law enforcement critical information to respond to calls for service and emergency situations or to conduct criminal investigations.

Some examples include providing an overhead view of an area or incident for ground personnel, safely clearing the interior of buildings, providing detailed documentation of crime and accident scenes, and searching for lost or missing persons. Such systems can also hold a myriad of applications for non-law-enforcement efforts such as documenting conditions in hard to reach locations, observing crowd control during events, or for promotional opportunities for the City.

Prior to purchasing drones, it was established that a use policy would first need to be established. Thus, staff recently explored Unmanned Aerial System policies on usage by neighboring local and regional municipalities. The City of Santa Paula currently does not have a UAS policy in place. Many public safety agencies are assessing the many needs of their cities to monitor infrastructure, public safety, and special incidents such as wildfires/floods, critical incidents, public events, and significant crimes in progress that impact their communities. These needs vary, depending on the community.

Looking to the future, the Police Department recognizes the continued integration of UAS in public safety roles. This vision is supported by success stories in cities such as Chula Vista, California, which has been a pioneer in incorporating UAS into its police department’s operations. Given their value, growing utility, and our continued success, the Santa Paula Police Department is seeking to explore UAS for many needs to assist the City of Santa Paula and its potential development of capabilities such as a "Drone as a First Responder" (DFR) program.
265
ANALYSIS:

The City of Santa Paula is a community that is nestled in the Santa Clara Valley. With its unique geography and landscape, it is vulnerable to the threat of wildfires and floods, as has been experienced historically and even more recently. UAS programs have utilized drones to quickly assess extreme weather situations and efficiently respond with fire department response and evacuations.

UAS programs have been instrumental in assessing public safety critical incidents, allowing incident commanders and City officials on scene to make appropriate decisions and mitigate safety concerns or threats to community members and public safety.

California Assembly Bill 481 (AB 481) was enacted in 2021 and establishes stringent requirements for law enforcement agencies in California regarding the funding, acquisition, and use of military equipment. The bill defined an Unmanned Aerial System (UAS) as military equipment. Any UAS equipment acquired by the Police Department will be reported and recorded per the requirements of AB 481.

A draft UAS policy has been developed and is hereby presented to Council for consideration as Exhibit A to this report. For transparency, an advertisement was placed in the Santa Paula Times calling attention to this policy and the review by the City Council.

Importantly, the policy sets forth standards for operation and certification and training before a designated employee may utilize a UAS.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

This item supports City Council’s goal of creating an environment within the City in which our residents feel safe and which promotes the City as a location of choice for living, working, visiting and recreating identified in Section E. Public Safety of the two-year Strategic Plan.

FISCAL IMPACTS:

There is no financial impact in Fiscal Years 25/26 and 26/27. The purchase of the drones will be completed utilizing Department of Justice Supplemental Law Enforcement Service Account (SLESA) funds as well as a portion of FEMA reimbursement funds the City recently received.

OPTIONS:

1. Do not approve the proposed draft policy.

2. Direct Staff to modify the proposed policy.

3. Give direction to staff as desirable.

ATTACHMENTS:

EXHIBIT A - Drraft SPPD UAS Polcy.pdf
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
To: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
From: Donald Aguilar, Police Chief
Subject: DISCUSSION ON POTENTIAL PUBLIC SAFETY COMMITTEE OPTIONS Date: June 18, 2025
Agenda Item: 12.B

CITY OF SANTA PAULA

MEMORANDUM
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council:

1. Consider options related to a public safety or police chief advisory committee and provide further feedback to staff to return with the guidelines and parameters for such a committee, based on Council consensus.

BACKGROUND:

Many municipalities seek the assistance of public safety committees to assist in specific roles to provide guidance, recommendations and, in some cases, oversight to local public safety departments. The purpose of these committees can be to serve as a bridge between the community and public safety entities, such as police and fire departments. Public safety committees encourage community input on services and issues. Committee members, typically made up of members of the community, may review proposed policies and practices and make recommendations to the respective department head. This engagement facilitates two-way communication between public safety and members of the community. Public safety committees may meet regularly, depending on need, to discuss policies and topics important to the community.

In 2022, a Police Chief advisory committee was formed in Santa Paula. The Chief of Police selected the five-member committee with representation from the senior, business, and civic community as well as some at-large members. The committee was designed as a soundingboard and a means of gaining community input on various initiatives and topics. However, the advisory committee was suspended with the departure of the former Chief of Police.

In June 2023, the Council adopted it's two-year strategic plan which, in part, called for the "creation of a Police Chief's Advisory Board" (Objective E.5) as a means of enhancing community engagement with our police department.

At the February 19, 2025 Council meeting, Council reviewed a proposal by Mayor Chavez to consider the establishment of a Public Safety Committee. Council noted their willingness to have a further discussion on this topic and recommended it remain focused on police, not 275
inclusive of fire or emergency preparedness, since the Citizen Corp was formed for the latter purpose and the former matter of fire services is now provided by the County.

ANALYSIS:

A public safety advisory committees - or a police chief advisory committee - can serve at the pleasure of either the Council or the Chief, based on established guidelines adopted by Council or established by the police department. Committee members may also be selected through interviews and an open application and appointment process by Council or could be selected by the Chief of Police or a panel of police personnel. Such a committee could help to provide input and recommendations to police personnel on community issues, policing practices and community engagement.

Oversight committees, on the other hand, have the authority to review complaints and investigations of misconduct, often with a focus on accountability and transparency, occasionally conducting investigations or internal reviews. An oversight function is typical for public safety agencies where guidance and decision making authority rests with the committee due to allegations of misconduct within the agency. Such oversight committees are often composed of retired judges, lawyers or members of the law enforcement community since their role often includes reviewing grievances, legal documents, or reports on use of force, etc. They are more common in large organizations, like counties, or with the auditing of policy standards within the court system or prison system, for example.

It should be noted that public safety agencies operate in a highly regulated environment, especially here in California, where mechanisms of professional standards include internal administrative investigations and performance standards working to monitor police activity. In Santa Paula, the community welcomes trust, approachability and transparency of public safety leaders and their employees. A public safety committee would benefit an ongoing open dialogue with valuable discussion and collaboration.

Should Council desire to move forward with the establishment of some type of committee, general direction should be given to staff and the City Attorney to return with committee guidelines, including the scope and purpose of the committee, the size and the appointment process.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

This item supports City Council’s goal of creating an environment within the City in which our residents feel safe, and which promotes the City as a location of choice for living, working, visiting and recreating identified in Section E. Public Safety of the two-year Strategic Plan.

Specifically, the Strategic Plan, Objective E.5, seeks to enhance community engagement to "connect our police with the community, local nonprofits and businesses," and calls for the "creation of a Police Chief's Advisory Board."
FISCAL IMPACTS:

There are no increased fiscal impacts to conduct, facilitate and coordinate public safety committee meetings. Those committee members selected would volunteer their time for serving on the committee. Soft costs, including staff time, would be based on the frequency of 276
committee meetings.

OPTIONS:

While the Council is under no obligation to establish some type of public safety, advisory, or oversight committee, doing so would be consistent with the adopted strategic plan. Obtaining Council direction, one way or another, will help to move this matter forward.

ATTACHMENTS:
277
To: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
From: Dan Singer, City Manager
Subject: CONSIDERATION OF A TENDER OFFER OF LIMCO STOCK Date: June 18, 2025
Agenda Item: 12.C

CITY OF SANTA PAULA

MEMORANDUM
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends that the City Council:

A) Consider options related to a tender offer of City held stock and, B) Provide staff with direction on the offer.

Presented by: Dan Singer, City Manager
BACKGROUND:

In late April, 2025, the City was sent a limited partner tender offer from Limco Del Mar, Ltd for shares of the company the City holds from an endowment given to the Community Center. It is unclear when the shares were gifted to the City and whether restrictions were placed on the gift at that time. An annual distribution (dividend) is associated with the shares and accumulates in the Community Center Endowment fund.

According to the tender offer, Limoneira Company, is offering to purchase from Eligible Sellers up to an aggregate total of 224,859 Units of Limco Del Mar, Limited Partnership shares, dated as of August 31,1972.

The purchase price being offered for the Units is for a cash amount equal to $70 per Unit (the “Offer Price”), which is an amount intended to provide a 15% premium over the current estimated fair market value. The City holds 1488 shares.

ANALYSIS:

Limco owns and/or leases and operates real property know as the Limco Del Mar Ranch (the “Ranch”). The Ranch consists of 221 gross acres, with 213 acres owned by the Company and 8 acres leased from Southern California Edison. Of this, 206 acres are actively farmed, including 138 acres of lemons and 68 acres of avocados. The remaining acreage is used for roadways, support areas, and farmsteads. Property improvements include minor agricultural buildings, sheds, and support structures. The Company also holds 502 acre-feet of Santa Paula Basin water pumping rights.

The Ranch is located in Ventura County, bordered by Hill Street to the west, Harmon Barranca 278
to the east, Foothill Road to the north, and Telegraph Road to the south. It is zoned Agricultural Exclusive, 40-acre minimum (AE40). While the Ranch is not currently within the City of Ventura’s Sphere of Influence, it remains under Ventura County’s SOAR (Save Open Space and Agricultural Resources) initiative, which restricts farmland conversion without voter approval. SOAR, which was renewed in 2016, remains in effect until 2050.

The tender offer states that the company has reached an operational crossroads. "The 138 acres of lemon trees are nearly 40 years old, resulting in declining productivity and quality.

Additionally, oversupply in the global lemon market has impacted profitability. In response, the General Partner recommends converting 105 acres from lemons to avocados to enhance long-term financial returns (the “Replanting Project”). The Replanting Project, estimated at $2.5 million, is scheduled to begin in 2026, with an initial $500,000 deposit required now to secure avocado trees from the nursery. While the long-term outlook for avocado production is strong, this transition will require significant investment and several years before full productivity is achieved (this timeline is estimated to take from 2026 to 2031)." "The Replanting Project will temporarily reduce available cash for distributions, at least until 2030. The General Partner anticipates that the current cash reserves will not be sufficient to fully fund the Replanting Project and the transition period and that the Company will need to borrow additional funds to finance the transition, which may further impact the cash available for distribution."
"At the same time, the General Partner continues to explore the possibility of converting the Ranch’s zoning from agricultural (AE40) to residential development. While this process is challenging due to SOAR’s voter approval requirement, the General Partner believes the highest and best use of the property is residential development. The entitlement process may involve significant costs and uncertainty, further impacting future cash reserves and distributions. Given these factors, the General Partner believes that proceeding with the replanting of avocados remains a prudent investment decision while continuing to evaluate long-term land use conversion opportunities."
The City has three primary options at this time as further articulated below, however a decision must be submitted to Limco by the end of the month should we wish to participate in the tender.
1) The City could tender all of our 1488 shares and receive cash compensation valued at $104,160 to be placed in the Community Center endowment fund or utilized for needed Community Center repairs or upgrades.
2) The City could tender a portion of the shares while maintaining a portion for a longer term investment, say tendering half of the shares now while holding half of the shares. 3) The City could maintain all of its shares as there is no obligation to liquidate shares at this time.

Should the City decide to hold all (or a portion) of the 1488 shares we own, there would be both upside and downside. The City will see the diminishment or elimination of the annual dividend received from these shares for at least a five-to-seven year period until the new avocado groves are fully established and producing a profitable crop. Were the City to tender its shares we would earn interest on the proceeds on an on-going basis (approximately $4,000 per year). On the other hand, the long-term prospect of having ownership in avocado crops or eventually in housing development, were that to come to fruition, could have much 279
greater value than $70 per share.

It should be noted that the dividend associated with the City's holdings has eroded significantly over the last 10 years as noted in the fiscal impact section below. Because the dividend is dependent on crop yield and market demands it can fluctuate significantly from year to year.

The City's dividends are held in the Community Center endowment fund so the City has not been dependent on the size of the dividend and has only occasionally utilized the funds for facility upgrades. Staff is unaware of restrictions on the use of these funds or any limitations on the liquidation of the City's asset in Limco.

The complete tender offer has been identified as "Confidential," therefore it is not attached to this report. A complete copy is available with the City Manager should the Council wish to review it.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

This action is not identified in the City's adopted Strategic Plan.

FISCAL IMPACTS:

The City maintains an endowment fund for the Community Center, which holds the shares in Limco. The current fund balance, which also earns interest, is above $600,000.

Fiscal Year of Dividend Dividend Amount
2016 $10,416
2017 $10,416
2018 $7,440
2019 $8,928
2020 $2,976
2021 Covid shutdown - no
dividend
2022 $5,952
2023 $5,952
2024 $3,720
2025 $1,488
As illustrated, the dividends associated with this holding have been on the decline for the past eight years and, per the tender offer, is anticipated to stay low or be non-existent for the foreseeable future as the ranch is converted from Lemon groves to Avocado groves. It should also be noted that whereas in the past the City's reserve funds were only invested in the Local Agency Investment Fund (LAIF), our funds are now actively invested with Chandler Asset Management and have the potential to realize much greater returns than with LAIF. Holding the cash proceeds and realizing a rate of return around 4% may more than make up for the lost dividends.

OPTIONS:

It should be noted that the City is under no obligation to sell all or some of our shares. Holding the shares could have long-term value and reward, but will result in short-term stagnation. It is 280
at Council's complete discretion whether to participate fully, partially or not-at-all in this tender offer.

ATTACHMENTS:
281
To: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
From: Dan Singer, City Manager
Subject: FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS
Date: June 18, 2025
Agenda Item: 13.A

CITY OF SANTA PAULA

MEMORANDUM
RECOMMENDATION:

Staff recommends City Council review future agenda items.

BACKGROUND:

The attached Future Agenda Items forecast identifies anticipated agenda items for upcoming Council meetings as well as Study Session topics and long-range discussion items. Placing this forecast on the agenda affords the Council and the public the opportunity to discuss such topics and to make any recommendations. It should be noted this is only a forecast and may change over the course of time or based on feedback by the Mayor and City Manager during review of future agendas.

ANALYSIS:

Should a member of the City Council wish to introduce a future agenda topic, it should be done in compliance with the Council's adopted Manual of Procedural Guidelines, Section 5.1.

Items introduced by a member of the Council during a Council meeting requires a second and should be reserved for time-sensitive matters needing attention within the proceeding 45 day period.

STRATEGIC PLAN:

FISCAL IMPACTS:

OPTIONS:

ATTACHMENTS:

06.18.2025 Future Agenda Items-2.docx
282
Santa Paula City Council Tentative Agenda Schedule
Updated 6/12/25
Activities associated with the Council’s Strategic Plan* Special Meeting
June (Date & Time TBD)
Finance Budget Adoption
HR Update on Vacancies in Compliance with AB 2561
July 2nd
Study Session 4:30 pm
Regular Meeting 6:30 pm
Study Session: Topic TBD
P&R Senior Advisory Committee Annual Presentation
P&R Parks & Rec Month Proclamation
PD Police Department Report
Finance Finance Department Report
Admin Strategic Plan Adoption
PW Conditional Acceptance of 3 Million Gal Tank
P&R Union Oil License Agreement
PD Animal Services Agreement
P&R Santa Paula Senior Master Plan for Aging
CDD People’s Place Funding
Admin Legislative Platform

STUDY SESSION TOPICS
Admin No Smoking Ordinance TBD
Finance Development Impact Fees (DIF)* Review July 2nd
Admin Municipal Code Update – Joint with Planning Commission* Ongoing CDD Use of Triangle Property on Housing 2
nd Qtr.

FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS
PW Plans & Specifications for 8th Street Streetlight Repair Project CDD Central Business District Live Entertainment Ord 1339 CDD Cultural Arts Presentation*
Legal Fire MOU Amendment
CDD Downtown Vacancies Options*
CDD Downtown Parking Inventory and Options*
P&R Teague Park Restroom
HR Adoption of Labor Agreements
PW Pavement Management Plan - Cycle 2*
283

← All documents from this meeting